Emulex LP8000 Download Drivers, Utilities and Manual

Available 227 files for LP8000
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit for HP-UX 10.20
Operating Systems
HP-UX 10.2 (32-bit), HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit), HP-UX 11i(32 or 64-bit)
Version Driver
4.20.04
Size Driver
571Kb
File Name
lpfc.depot-04_20_04-hpux10_32_lib.z
Information
Base driver for HP-UX 10.20
(32-bit OS) with lputil 1.5a1
(572 KB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit for HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit OS)
Operating Systems
HP-UX 10.2 (32-bit), HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit), HP-UX 11i(32 or 64-bit)
Version Driver
4.20.04
Size Driver
681Kb
File Name
lpfc.depot-04_20_04-hpux11_64_lib.z
Information
Base driver for HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit OS)
with lputil 1.5a1 (681 KB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit for HP-UX 11i (32-bit OS)
Operating Systems
HP-UX 10.2 (32-bit), HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit), HP-UX 11i(32 or 64-bit)
Version Driver
4.20.04
Size Driver
613Kb
File Name
lpfc.depot-04_20_04-hpux11i_32_lib.z
Information
Base driver for HP-UX 11i (32-bit OS)
with lputil 1.5a1 (613 KB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit for HP-UX 11i (64-bit OS)
Operating Systems
HP-UX 10.2 (32-bit), HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit), HP-UX 11i(32 or 64-bit)
Version Driver
4.20.04
Size Driver
695Kb
File Name
lpfc.depot-04_20_04-hpux11i_64_lib.z
Information
Base driver for HP-UX 11i (64-bit OS)
with lputil 1.5a1 (695 KB Z UNIX file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
HP-UX 10.2 (32-bit), HP-UX 11.0 (64-bit), HP-UX 11i(32 or 64-bit)
Version Manual
4.20.04
Size Manual
518Kb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (518 KB)

Emulex Driver for HP-UX Download Manual
Version 4.20.04
Table of Contents
Compatibility
Prerequisites
Things to Know Before You Download
Changes and Corrections
Known Issues
Cautions and Warnings
Files Included in this Release
Important Files

Emulex Driver for HP-UX Installation Manual
Version 4.20.04
Table of Contents
Compatibility
Prerequisites
Installation
Install the Driver
Remove Existing Driver

Emulex Driver for HP-UX Configuration Manual
Version 4.20.04
Table of Contents
Introduction
Change Configuration Parameters
Set Up Persistent Binding and LUN Blocking
View IOSCAN Report
Understand Device Numbering
View adapCfg.h File Parameters
List Adapters
View Adapter Information
Update Firmware
Install Boot Code
Reset Adapter
Download PCI Configuration

Emulex Driver for HP-UX Troubleshooting Manual
Version 4.20.04
Table of Contents
Introduction
HBA Not Available After A Firmware Update
Error Codes Table
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.2
Size Driver
297Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.3.2-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script
(297 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Driver Installation
4. Driver Uninstallation
5. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require gcc compiler
tools and the kernel sources for the running kernel be installed on
the system in order for the RPM installation to succeed. The following
distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Driver Installation

Please refer to the LPFC Linux 7.3 documentation on the Emulex
website at http://www.emulex.com for an installation manual that
includes a complete set of options for the lpfc-install program.

Emulex strongly recommends uninstalling any old LPFC driver kits
before installing the new driver kit. Please refer to the "Driver
Uninstallation" section to uninstall previous versions of the
Emulex LPFC 7.x or older driver.

Log in as the user 'root' to a terminal, change to the directory in
which the Emulex LPFC 7.3 driver kit is installed, and execute the
'lpfc-install' script with no options to install the driver:

./lpfc-install

Once the 'lpfc-install' script has completed successfully, the
Emulex LPFC and LPFC DFC drivers will be loaded, and fibre channel
disks that are properly connected to the system should be
accessible. However, a reboot of the system is recommended to load
the 'lpfc' driver through the ramdisk.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.2
Size Driver
175.3Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-2.1a24-7.3.2-1-2.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a24, lputil 2.0a9 (175 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a24 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a24
SSC version 2.1a24
DFC Library version 1.2.1-1
Lputil version 2.0a9
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 7.3.2-1 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit RHEL
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.2
Size Driver
10.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite
Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit SLES
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.2
Size Driver
14.8Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovidersles8-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite
Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Manual
7.3.2
Size Manual
6Mb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3, 4 and 5 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3,451 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.2.4
Size Driver
297Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.2.4-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script (298 KB gz file)

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Driver Installation
4. Driver Uninstallation
5. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require gcc compiler
tools and the kernel sources for the running kernel be installed on
the system in order for the RPM installation to succeed. The following
distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Driver Installation

Please refer to the LPFC Linux 7.2 documentation on the Emulex
website at http://www.emulex.com for an installation manual that
includes a complete set of options for the lpfc-install program.

Emulex strongly recommends uninstalling any old LPFC driver kits
before installing the new driver kit. Please refer to the "Driver
Uninstallation" section to uninstall previous versions of the
Emulex LPFC 7.x or older driver.

Log in as the user 'root' to a terminal, change to the directory in
which the Emulex LPFC 7.2 driver kit is installed, and execute the
'lpfc-install' script with no options to install the driver:

./lpfc-install

Once the 'lpfc-install' script has completed successfully, the
Emulex LPFC and LPFC DFC drivers will be loaded, and fibre channel
disks that are properly connected to the system should be
accessible. However, a reboot of the system is recommended to load
the 'lpfc' driver through the ramdisk.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.2.4
Size Driver
162.9Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-2.1a12-7.2.4-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a12, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a12, lputil 2.0a4, DFC library 7.2.4 and HBA API 2.0f (167 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a12 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a12
SSC version 2.1a12
DFC Library version 7.2.4
Lputil version 2.0a4
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc 7.2.4
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the ElxLinuxApps-2.1a12-7.2.4-1.tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf ElxLinuxApps-2.1a12-7.2.4-1.tar
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Manual
7.2.4
Size Manual
2.8Mb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4 (x86 and x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2,945 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.1.14
Size Driver
294Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.1.14-3.tar.gz
Information
7.1.14 RHEL3 u5 (Linux CD), u4, u3, SLES8 SP4
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 4 (PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (SVC, ESS , DS6000, DS8000)Utilities: Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the gz file containing an install script and 2 scripted source RPMs. (295 KB gz file).

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC driver and LPFC DFC driver RPMs require that the
kernel sources be installed on the system in order for the RPM
installation to succeed. The following distributions of Linux are
supported by the Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 with Service Pack 3

2. Description of Changes

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Errata

- On SLES 8 SP3, the uninstall procedure does not fully remove all
of the driver files that get built during installation. Run the
'lpfc-install --uninstall' command twice to remove all the
driver files.

- SLES 8 does not handle the Peripheral Qualifier Bit set to 1
correctly. If you need to use some lun scanning software to
dynamically add new luns to a SLES 8 system, you must to set the
lpfc_inq_pqb_filter parameter.

- On some large configurations, with many targets and other
initiators, FC discovery may not complete before the SCSI
subsystem probes for devices. If this occurs, some SCSI devices
may not be detected at boot. The missing devices can be detected
by requesting the SCSI subsystem to rescan via /proc/scsi/scsi
and the "scsi add-single-device "
mechanism. Emulex provides a script, called lun_scan, which
automates the scan requests for Emulex adapters. This script is
contained the driver applications kit. This script can be
integrated into the system run-level transitions to ensure that
all devices are fully detected.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.1.14
Size Driver
139.7Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the Tar file containing the management utilites: HBAnyware v2.0a20 and LPUTIL v1.6a10. (145 MB).

HBAnyware 2.0a20 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.0a20
SSC version 2.0a15
DFC Library version 7.1.14
Lputil version 1.6a10
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc 7.1.14
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the ElxLinuxApps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf ElxLinuxApps-2.0a20-7.1.14-1.tar
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Application Helper Module
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.1.14
Size Driver
68Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.4_ioctl_module_kit-1.0.13-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
This kit includes the Tar file containing install script and scripted source RPM (69 KB).

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Errata

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The Emulex LPFC DFC driver RPM requires that the kernel sources be
installed on the system in order for the RPM installation to
succeed. The following distributions of Linux are supported by the
Emulex drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Update 4

2. Description of Changes

The ioctl-install script installs the LPFC DFC driver RPM. This
RPM installs the driver sources to the /usr/src/lpfcdfc directory,
builds the driver for the currently running kernel, and then
installs the drivers to the proper directory for the currently
running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the 'elxlpfc' init script is installed
and configured to start and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system
startup and shutdown.

3. Errata

- The Emulex HBAnyware configuration utility is not supported in
this release.

- On some large configurations, with many targets and other
initiators, FC discovery may not complete before the SCSI
subsystem probes for devices. If this occurs, some SCSI devices
may not be detected at boot. The missing devices can be detected
by requesting the SCSI subsystem to rescan via /proc/scsi/scsi
and the "scsi add-single-device "
mechanism. Emulex provides a script, called lun_scan, which
automates the scan requests for Emulex adapters. This script is
contained the driver applications kit. This script can be
integrated into the system run-level transitions to ensure that
all devices are fully detected.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Manual
7.1.14
Size Manual
2.7Mb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 3
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 5 and 6 (x86 and x64 architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 2, 3 and 4
(x86 and x64 architectures)
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a20 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a10
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2,778 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
11.3Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-ia64-rh2.1-tar-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH2.1-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH2.1-TAR.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
5.8Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-ia64-rh2.1-rpm-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH2.1-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH2.1-RPM.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
10.3Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-i386-rh2.1-tar-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-TAR.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
5.1Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-i386-rh2.1-rpm-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH2.1-RPM.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
10.4Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-ia64-rh3.0-tar-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-TAR.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
5.2Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-ia64-rh3.0-rpm-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-RH3.0-RPM.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
10Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-i386-rh3.0-tar-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-TAR.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
4.9Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-i386-rh3.0-rpm-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-RH3.0-RPM.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
11.2Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-ia64-sl8-tar-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-TAR.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
6.1Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-ia64-sl8-rpm-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.ia64.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-ia64-SL8-RPM.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
10.7Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-i386-sl8-tar-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-TAR.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-TAR.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
5.7Mb
File Name
linux-2.01g-i386-sl8-rpm-1a.tar
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture

This kit contains the following components:

lpfcdriver-2.01g-1.i386.rpm - Emulex Fibre Channel Linux Driver
EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-RPM.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/linuxframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a6-i386-SL8-RPM.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 3
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
455Kb
File Name
rhas21u3_ia64-2.01g.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 3
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
595Kb
File Name
as21u3.i686-2.01g.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3, update 1
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
237Kb
File Name
rhel30u1_ia64-2.01g.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3, update 1
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
597Kb
File Name
as3u1.i686-2.01g.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
704Kb
File Name
sles8sp3_ia64-2.01g.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
665Kb
File Name
sles8sp3_i386-2.01g.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 4
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
455Kb
File Name
rhas21_ia64-2.01g.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 2.1, update 4
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
829Kb
File Name
rhas21u4_x86-2.01g.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8, Service Pack 3
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
706Kb
File Name
sles8sp3_ia64-2.01g-2.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8, Service Pack 3
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
1Mb
File Name
sles8sp3rc4_x86-2.01g.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3.0, update 2,
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
237Kb
File Name
rhel3u2_ia64-2.01g.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
64-bit Itanium Processor Family
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS version 3.0, update 2,
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
590Kb
File Name
rhas3u2_x86-2.01g.img.gz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
32-bit Intel Architecture
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Stand-alone driver for all supported platforms with no utility
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
287Kb
File Name
lpfcdriver-2.01g.tgz
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6

This Application kit has been designed for the following environment:

- Supported Hardware architecture platforms:
- 32-bit Intel platforms (I386)
- 64-bit Intel platforms (IA64)
- 64-bit Power PC platforms (PPC64)

- Supported Linux Distributions:
Redhat Enterprise Linux AS 2.1
Redhat Enterprise Linux AS 3
SuSE SLES 8
Please refer to Emulex Website (www.emulex.com) for an update and accurate list of kernel versions.


- Supported Emulex enterprise adapters:
- LP10000DC
- LP10000
- LP1050DC
- LP1050
- LP9802DC
- LP9802
- LP982
- LP9402DC
- LP9002DC
- LP9002L
- LP9000
- LP952L
- LP8000DC
- LP8000

- This driver supports any mix of the above Emulex adapters within a single host system.

Main driver features:
1. Full fabric support, discovery, FCP and fibre channel device/error and exception handling
2. Concurrent multi-protocol (FCP and IP) support
3. Supports INT13 (EDD 2.1/3.0) fabric boot.
4. This driver is entirely self-contained and intended for configuration using lpfc. No external utility is required or supported.
5. This driver will not be dependent on any non-open source program for its execution. It will not taint an open source kernel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Dynamic LUN and Target Addition Script
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
2.01g
Size Driver
343 Bytes
File Name
force_lpfc_scan.sh
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
This script enables you to dynamically add LUNs and targets without unloading or reloading the lpfcdd module and without resetting the adapter.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. Complete Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Manual
2.01g
Size Manual
2.6Mb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
Tested distributions for 32-bit Intel and 64-bit Itanium Processor Family architectures
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 including all published updates
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3.0 including all published updates
Utility - Remote Management Utility (HBAnyware) version 2.0a13 and Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.6a6
Includes the Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting sections
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 64-bit Itanium Processor Family
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
1.23a
Size Driver
551Kb
File Name
lpfcdriver-1.23a-ia64.tgz-1a.tgz
Information
32-bit Intel Architecture:
Red Hat Professional 9.0 with 2.4.20-20 kernel
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 with 2.4.9-e.27 kernel
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8) with 2.4.19 kernel
64-bit Itanium Processor Family:
Red Hat Linux Advanced Server for the Itanium 2 processor with 2.4.18-e.31 kernel

Utility - Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.5a0
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 64-bit Itanium Processor Family
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
1.23a
Size Driver
546Kb
File Name
lpfcdriver-1.23a-ia64.rpm-1a.tgz
Information
32-bit Intel Architecture:
Red Hat Professional 9.0 with 2.4.20-20 kernel
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 with 2.4.9-e.27 kernel
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8) with 2.4.19 kernel
64-bit Itanium Processor Family:
Red Hat Linux Advanced Server for the Itanium 2 processor with 2.4.18-e.31 kernel

Utility - Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.5a0
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 32-bit Intel Architecture
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
1.23a
Size Driver
432Kb
File Name
lpfcdriver-1.23a-i386.tgz-1a.tgz
Information
32-bit Intel Architecture:
Red Hat Professional 9.0 with 2.4.20-20 kernel
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 with 2.4.9-e.27 kernel
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8) with 2.4.19 kernel
64-bit Itanium Processor Family:
Red Hat Linux Advanced Server for the Itanium 2 processor with 2.4.18-e.31 kernel

Utility - Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.5a0
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Device driver Kits include both a driver and a utility Kit. 32-bit Intel Architecture
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
1.23a
Size Driver
431Kb
File Name
lpfcdriver-1.23a-i386.rpm-1a.tgz
Information
32-bit Intel Architecture:
Red Hat Professional 9.0 with 2.4.20-20 kernel
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 with 2.4.9-e.27 kernel
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8) with 2.4.19 kernel
64-bit Itanium Processor Family:
Red Hat Linux Advanced Server for the Itanium 2 processor with 2.4.18-e.31 kernel

Utility - Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.5a0
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver disk images include only the driver with no utility. SUSE Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8)
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
1.23a
Size Driver
587Kb
File Name
sles8.i586-1.23a.img.gz
Information
32-bit Intel Architecture:
Red Hat Professional 9.0 with 2.4.20-20 kernel
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 with 2.4.9-e.27 kernel
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8) with 2.4.19 kernel
64-bit Itanium Processor Family:
Red Hat Linux Advanced Server for the Itanium 2 processor with 2.4.18-e.31 kernel

Utility - Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.5a0
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Stand-alone driver for all supported platforms with no utility.
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
1.23a
Size Driver
315Kb
File Name
lpfcdriver-1.23a.tgz
Information
32-bit Intel Architecture:
Red Hat Professional 9.0 with 2.4.20-20 kernel
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 with 2.4.9-e.27 kernel
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8) with 2.4.19 kernel
64-bit Itanium Processor Family:
Red Hat Linux Advanced Server for the Itanium 2 processor with 2.4.18-e.31 kernel

Utility - Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.5a0
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.6
Size Driver
300Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.4_driver_kit-7.3.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script (299 KB gz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.6
Size Driver
175.7Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-2.1a29-7.3.6-1-3.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a29, lputil 2.0a12 (175 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a29 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a29
SSC version 2.1a29
DFC Library version 1.2.1-1
Lputil version 2.0a12
HBAAPI version 2.0.f

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 7.3.6 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit for RHEL 3
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.6
Size Driver
10.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit for SLES 8.0
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Driver
7.3.6
Size Driver
14.8Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovidersles8-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Manual
7.3.6
Size Manual
6Mb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 Service Pack 4 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 Updates 7 and 8 (x86 and Intel Itanium2 architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 3 Updates 6, 7 and 8 (x86, x64 and Intel Itanium2 architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3,451 KB pdf file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
233Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.47-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
38Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
New features, fixed issues and known issues in the driver

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.39-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.39-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.47 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
971Kb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.47
Size Driver
12.8Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.47-1-1.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.208-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1


Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.46 or later
IOCTL Module 2.0.38-1

HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.

A.1.2 Resolution
In such environments, HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2 must be deployed across all
servers on the SAN, as well as any other management console used for
out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the discovery tree.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.47
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
233Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.46-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Release Notes
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
28Kb
File Name
driver_release_notes.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Release Notes
Date: March 2009 Product: Driver for Linux Version: 8.2.8.14 This document describes the new features, resolved known issues and current known issues associated with this driver build release.
New Features Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
1. Supports the LP21000 and LP21002 FCoE adapters. (10 Gb/s capable) 2. Supports the LPe1250, LPe1252, LPe12000 and LPe12002 adapters. (2, 4 and 8 Gb/s capable) 3. Supports the latest HBAnyware utility version 4.1 as part of the master kit. Refer to the HBAnyware Utility User Manual for more information. 4. Supports SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 11. (Intel x86, Intel Itanium2, Intel EM64T, AMD64, and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) 5. Adds interfaces via the sysfs file system to update speed and topology parameters without requiring link bounce. 6. Supports Power Management Suspend/Resume operations. 7.
Resolved Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
Supports MSI-X interrupt handling.
Known Issues in Driver for Linux 8.2.8.14
There are no resolved issues in this driver version.
1. PCI Hot Plug may cause applications to malfunction Performing a PCI Hot Plug may cause the HBAnyware utilities or third party applications that use the Emulex libraries (i.e. HBAAPI) to behave unpredictably or malfunction. Workaround: 1. Stop all applications that are accessing LPFC's HBAAPI interface (HBAnyware utilities or third party applications) before performing PCI Hot Plug of an LPFC HBA. Use the following command to stop the HBAnyware application: #/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware 2. Perform the PCI Hot Plug of the HBA. 3. Restart the application.
2. Deleting virtual ports or performing a PCI Hot Unplug may result in SCSI errors When you delete a virtual port via the sysfs interface or perform a PCI Hot Unplug of an Emulex HBA, the kernel may report one of the following errors: kernel: Synchronizing SCSI cache for disk kernel: FAILED or SCSI error: return code = 0x00010000. Workaround: These messages do not indicate a functional failure and can be ignored. 3. LILO is not Supported The LILO Boot Loader on i386 and x86_64 architectures is not supported for this driver stream. If the LILO boot loader is used, after the LPFC driver package is installed and upon reboot, an incorrect initial ramdisk is used. The system may not boot correctly. Workaround: Use the GRUB boot loader. This is the default boot loader for most of the Linux distributions. 4. Issue with the LPFC module order in the INITRD_MODULES list. On the SLES10 SP1 system, if another SCSI driver such as aic79xx, is loaded right after the LPFC driver through the initrd image, an interruption might occur in the SCSI mid-layer discovery process on the LUNs connected to LPFC’s Fibre Channel. This interruption can prevent the release of the SCSI discovery reference count and the LPFC driver cannot unload. Workaround: Do not add SCSI drivers right after the LPFC module in the INITRD_MODULES list. 5. The LPFC driver may not finish discovery when two initiator ports are swapped. This causes all devices accessible through one or both of these initiator ports to time out and all I/O to fail. Workaround: Do one of the following:
• When swapping cables replace each cable, one at a time, and allow for discovery to complete before replacing the next cable. To determine if discovery is complete read the "state" sysfs parameter.
• When swapping cables, allow devloss timeout to fire before replacing the cables. (This fails all outstanding I/O.)
6. Deleted virtual ports may appear to be mounted, but are inaccessible. While Emulex provides management utilities to enable you to delete virtual ports, the LPFC driver cannot detect whether devices accessed through a virtual port are in use. You can delete a virtual port even when devices accessible through the virtual port are mounted or when I/O is outstanding to the device. If file systems are mounted on a virtual port and that virtual port is deleted, the file systems still appear to be mounted but are not be accessible. Workaround: Before deleting virtual ports, prepare the system affected by unmounting all the devices accessible through the virtual ports, and verifying that there is no outstanding I/O. 7. 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT do not Initialize. Default driver configuration fails to initialize 4 Gb/s HBAs in virtualized environments that use Direct I/O or SFPT(Storage Fixed Pass through) .This may result in a system hang or uninitialized LPFC HBA in Intel VT-d and AMD-V IOMMU systems.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.46
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.46-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.38-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.36-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.46 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.46
Size Manual
950Kb
File Name
linux.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 3 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
For the LPFC Driver Kit............................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 2
Known Issues.................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 2
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 3
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 3
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 3
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 4
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 4
Installing the Utilities and the Application Helper Module......................................... 4
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 4
Procedure ................................................................................................... 5
Utilities Directory Structure.......................................................................... 5
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 6
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ................................................ 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Installing the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module
using the Upgrade Kernel Option ..................................................................... 7
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 7
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 8
Uninstalling a Previous Application Helper Module
(Stand Alone Kit) ............................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the Utilities ........................................................................................... 9
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 9
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch only...................................................... 10
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Utility and the Application Helper Module ........... 10
Configuration ........................................................................................11
Driver Configuration Methods using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf.......................................................................................... 11
Temporary Configuration Method .............................................................. 11
Persistent Configuration Method ............................................................... 11
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 12
For Installed LPFC Driver Kits................................................................... 12
For Distribution In-Box LPFC Drivers ........................................................ 13
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................. 13
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 14
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 14
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 17
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.46
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
231Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.44-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
176.6Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38, Application helper module 2.0.36-1 (176 MB tar file)
Note: This kit does not support the Intel Itanium2 architecture. For Intel Itanium2 architecture support, download the corresponding core (CLI) applications kit.

HB HBAnyware 4.0a38 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 4.0a38
SSC version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1
IOCTL Module version 2.0.36-1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.44 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Linux User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.44
Size Driver
12.8Mb
File Name
elxlinuxcorekit-4.0a38-8.0.16.44-1-2.tgz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 4.0a38

HBAnyware CoreKit Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBACMD version 4.0a38
DFC Library version 80.206-1
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30-1


Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.44 or later
IOCTL Module 2.0.36-1

HBAnyware CoreKit requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.
Installing HBAnyware CoreKit:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the appropriate sub-directory associated to the
target machine architecture and OS distribution
5. su to root
6. type : rpm -Uhv *.rpm

7. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd listhbas
to run script utility
Uninstalling HBAnyware CoreKit

1. obtain current CoreKit RPM package name using query :
rpm -qa | grep elxlinux
2. erase core kit package returned in step 1 using RPM erase
(rpm -e xxxx) command
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Known Issues

A. The following issues apply to all Linux distributions

A.1. Virtual Connect backwards compatibility

A.1.1 Background
Starting with HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2, Emulex provides support for LightPulse
adapters that are reprogrammed with WWPNs outside the typical Emulex range,
such as HP's upcoming Virtual Connect for Fibre Channel on the BladeSystem
c-Class platform.

A.1.2 Resolution
In such environments, HBAnyware CoreKit version 3.2 must be deployed across all
servers on the SAN, as well as any other management console used for
out-of-band management, so that all adapters appear in the discovery tree.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.44
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures) Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 and later (x86 and x64 architectures)Asianux 2.0 SP2 and later (x86, x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.40
Size Driver
227Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.40-2.tar.gz
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround
4.6 Storage Array discovery issues in direct-attach configurations
4.6.1 Observed problem
4.6.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.40
Size Driver
196.5Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.4a16-8.0.16.40-1-2.tar
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
This module is now packaged in the Applications kit provided above.

HBAnyware 3.4a16 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.4a16
SSC version 3.4a16
DFC Library version 80.164-8
HBAAPI version 2.1.g
Multipulse version 3.0.30
IOCTL module: 2.0.30_x1
Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.40 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.40
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Driver for Linux User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.40
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver version is also available in-box, and it is supported by the following Linux distributions:
RHEL 4.7
OEL 4.7
SLES 9 SP4 (driver update from Novell)
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.34
Size Driver
187.9Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.3a20-8.0.16.34-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.3a20, lputil 2.0a14, Application helper module 2.0.24

HBAnyware 3.3a20 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.3a20
SSC version 3.3a20
DFC Library version 80.164-2
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.d_1

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.34 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
8. When prompted, answer the following question:

Select desired mode of operation for HBAnyware

1 Local Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by HBAnyware
clients on this platform only.
2 Managed Mode : HBA's on this Platform can be managed by local or
remote HBAnyware clients
3 Remote Mode : Same as '2' plus HBAnyware clients on this Platform
can manage local and remote clients.

Enter the number '1' or '2' or '3'
9. When prompted, answer the following question:

Do you want to allow user to make subsequent management mode changes
using 'set_operating_mode' script
Enter the letter 'Y' for yes or 'N' for no

10. Installation Complete: type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
to start GUI or type /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbacmd list
to run script utility
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.34
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.34
Size Manual
3.1Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
lputil Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.34
Size Manual
329Kb
File Name
lputil.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
lputil Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing lputil .......................................................................................................... 1
Starting lputil............................................................................................................ 2
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................... 4
Viewing HBA Information......................................................................................... 4
Resetting an HBA .................................................................................................... 5
Updating an HBA’s Firmware or Boot Code ............................................................. 5
Enabling or Disabling Boot Code ............................................................................. 6
Downloading PCI Configuration............................................................................... 7
Setting Up Persistent Binding (Solaris Only)............................................................ 7
Using the Command Line Interface ......................................................................... 9
Examples of lputil Commands................................................................... 11

Introduction
The LightPulse® diagnostic utility (lputil) for Linux and Solaris is a console application that enables you
to manage local Emulex® host bus adapters (HBAs).
Use lputil to do any of the following:
• Discover HBAs
• View HBA information
• Reset HBAs
• Update firmware or boot code on the local HBA
• Enable or disable the boot code on the HBA
• Download PCI Configuration
• Set Up Persistent Binding (Solaris only)
• Use the Command Line Interface (CLI)
Prerequisites
Before using lputil, ensure the following prerequisites are met:
• The Emulex driver is installed.
• The lputil utility is installed.
• If you are updating firmware, the firmware file is downloaded to a local drive. Firmware versions
differ between HBA versions. Make sure you have downloaded the appropriate firmware for your
HBA.
• I/O activity on the bus is quieted.
• Any software that relies on the HBA to be available is stopped or paused.
Installing lputil
To install lputil:
1. Download the lputil.tar file from the Emulex Web site to a directory on a local drive on the server.
2. Untar the contents of the lputil.tar file.
3. Run the lputil installation script.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.32
Size Driver
222Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.32-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Resolution
4.5 PCI Hot Plug Support for applications
4.5.1 Observed problem
4.5.2 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.32
Size Driver
197.7Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.2a7-8.0.16.32-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.2a7, lputil 2.0a14, Application helper module 2.0.20

HBAnyware 3.2a7 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 3.2a7
SSC version 3.2a7
DFC Library version 80.163-11
Lputil version 2.0a14
HBAAPI version 2.1.d
DFC helper module

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.32 or later

HBAnyware requires that the lpfc driver module be installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

HBAnyware requires the kernel development environment as described here:

This kit installs the Emulex Application Helper Module for the
currently running kernel. Since this installation procedure builds
the module for the currently running kernel, the kernel development
environment must be installed. For systems running Red Hat Enterprise
Linux (RHEL) 4, the appropriate kernel-devel package is required; for
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the 2.6.9-22.ELsmp
kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package. For
systems running SuSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) 9, the appropriate
kernel-source package is required; for example, a system with the
2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139
package.
A log of each installation and uninstallation is recorded in the
following file:

/usr/src/lpfcdfc/utils-install.log
Installing HBAnyware:

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. cd (change directory) to the "ElxLinuxApps.." directory created by step 3
5. su to root
6. If earlier HBAnyware version currently installed, type : ./uninstall
7. Run the install script: ./install
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.32
Size Manual
3.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
214Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.27-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver and install script

1. System Requirements
1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
2. Description of Install Procedure
3. Informational
3.1 Packaging Change Involving The Application Helper Module
3.1.1 Background
3.1.2 Observed Behavior
4. Known Issues
4.1 Uninstalling the Driver Kit on Boot-from-SAN Configurations
4.1.1 Observed problem
4.1.2 Resolution
4.2 Machine Check Exception
4.2.1 Observed problem
4.2.2 Workaround
4.3 Loading order of LPFC driver in initial ramdisk
4.3.1 Background
4.3.2 Observed Problem
4.3.3 Workaround
4.4 System panic while unloading the lpfc module
4.4.1 Background
4.4.2 Observed Problem
4.4.3 Workaround

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC driver:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 (Update 3 or higher)
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (SP2 or higher)

1.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-22.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-22.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-22.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-22.EL
package.

1.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
187.2Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-3.0a14-8.0.16.27-1-3.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 3.0a14, lputil 2.0a13, Application helper module 2.0.15 (187 MB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 (x86)
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
12.4Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider-rhel4-i386-1.1.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 and Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 (x86)

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 (ia64)
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
14.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider-rhel4-ia64-1.1.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit Server 9 (x86)
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
12.6Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider-sles9-i386-1.1.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.5.1, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (x86)

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit Server 9 (ia64)
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.27
Size Driver
13.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider-sles9-ia64-1.1.6-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.5.1, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 (ia64)

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.1.6
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. HBAnyware WebLaunch Integration (Optional)
SECTION 7. Known Limitations
SECTION 8. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.5.1 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.1.0.85, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.1.0.

SLP (Service Location Protocol) and OpenSSL are included with the Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider kit on Windows and are installed by default if not
already present. See Section 2 for Linux specific details.

For security purposes, you might want to replace the sample certificates
(privkey.cert and elxhba.cert) with your own signed certificates.

NOTE: The included OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA,
MDC2 and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
Members of the local group "Administrators" have full access to the CIM
server by default on Windows.

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.27
Size Manual
3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Oracle Enterprise Linux 4 Update 4 or later (x86 and x64 architectures)
Asianux 2.0 SP2 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.17
Size Driver
260Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_driver_kit-8.0.16.17-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Base driver, application helper module and install script

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Release Notes
3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement
3.3 Kernel Upgrade
3.4 Changing Target Timeout
3.4.1 Background
3.4.2 Observed Problem
3.4.3 Workaround
3.5 Machine Check Exception
3.5.1 Observed problem
3.5.2 Workaround
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
drivers:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9

2. Description of Install Procedure

The lpfc-install script installs both the LPFC driver and the LPFC
DFC driver RPMs. These RPMs install their driver sources to the
/usr/src/lpfc directory, build their drivers for the currently
running kernel, and then install the drivers to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPMs are installed, the lpfc-install script creates a new
ramdisk for the currently running kernel so that the 'lpfc' driver
is loaded when the kernel is initialized during system startup.
The 'elxlpfc' init script is also installed and configured to start
and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system startup and shutdown.

3. Release Notes

3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.9-5.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-5.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-5.ELsmp kernel would need the kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-5.EL
package.

3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the LPFC 8.0 driver build to succeed. For
example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.139-bigsmp kernel would need the
kernel-source-2.6.5-7.139 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.17
Size Driver
165.4Mb
File Name
elxlinuxapps-2.1a25-8.0.16.17-1-1.tar
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
HBAnyware utility 2.1a25, lputil 2.0a9 (169 MB tar file)

HBAnyware 2.1a25 Linux Installation Instructions

This installation kit contains the following components:

HBAnyware version 2.1a25
SSC version 2.1a25
DFC Library version 80.161-5
Lputil version 2.0a9
HBAAPI version 2.1.a

Dependencies:

lpfc driver version 8.0.16.17 or later
HBAnyware is dependant on lpfc being installed, so install lpfc first if it is not already installed.

HBAnyware requires a minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768.

Installing HBAnyware

1. Copy the applications kit tar file to a directory on the install machine
2. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
3. Untar the file: tar -xvf tarfilename
4. su to root
5. Run the install script: ./install
Uninstalling HBAnyware

1. Complete steps 1 through 4 from "Installing HBAnyware" above.
2. Run the uninstall script: ./uninstall
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
ppc64/sles8 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must replace the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib/libemulexhbaapi.so
with this line
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

ppc64/(non-sles8) and amd64 NOTE:
If you want to use the 64bit HBAAPI libraries you must add the following line in /etc/hba.conf:
com.emulex.emulexapilibrary /usr/lib64/libemulexhbaapi.so

HBAnyware Help:
To view the HBAnyware help pages or to access the Emulex Technical support pages you must have one of the
following web browsers installed:
mozilla, konqueror
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/start_rmserver - This script will re-start the rmserver daemon.
Run this if you manually load the lpfc driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Application helper module
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.17
Size Driver
202Kb
File Name
lpfc_2.6_ioctl_module_kit-2.0.9-2.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Use this file only with the RHEL 4 Update 2 or SLES9 SP3 distributions, which contain the 8.0.16.17 driver -- do not use with the driver kit above

1. System Requirements
2. Description of Changes
3. Release Notes
3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement
3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. System Requirements

The following distributions of Linux are supported by the Emulex
LPFC Application Helper Module:

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1
SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 SP2

2. Description of Changes

The ioctl-install script installs the LPFC Application Helper
Module RPM. This RPM installs the module sources to the
/usr/src/lpfcdfc directory, builds the module for the currently
running kernel, and then installs the module to the proper
directory for the currently running kernel.

Once the RPM is installed, the 'elxlpfc' init script is installed
and configured to start and stop the 'lpfcdfc' driver during system
startup and shutdown.

3. Release Notes

3.1 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 'kernel-devel' Package Requirement

For Red Hat Enterprise Linux installations, the kernel development
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the Application Helper Module build to succeed.
For example, a system with the 2.6.9-6.37.EL kernel would need the
kernel-devel-2.6.9-6.37.EL package, and a system with the
2.6.9-6.37.ELsmp kernel would need the
kernel-smp-devel-2.6.9-6.37.EL package.

3.2 SuSE Linux Enterprise Server 'kernel-source' Package Requirement

For SuSE Linux Enterprise Server installations, the kernel-source
package with the same version as the currently running kernel must
be installed for the Application Helper Module build to succeed.
For example, a system with the 2.6.5-7.166-bigsmp kernel would need
the kernel-source-2.6.5-7.166 package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit RHEL
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.17
Size Driver
10.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiproviderrhel3_4-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit SLES
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Driver
8.0.16.17
Size Driver
11Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovidersles9-1.0.12-1.tar.gz
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite

Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment

RELEASE NOTES for Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
Version 1.0.12
SECTION 1. Introduction
SECTION 2. System Prerequisites
SECTION 3. Supported and Tested Operating Systems
SECTION 4. Installation
SECTION 5. Directory Structure
SECTION 6. Known Limitations
SECTION 7. Frequently Asked Questions
SECTION 1. Introduction

The Emulex SMI HBA Provider is integrated/bundled with OpenPegasus Common
Information Model Object Manager (CIMOM) as a pre-packaged, ready to deploy
SMI-S agent. This package incorporates version 2.3.2 of the OpenPegasus
CIMOM ("http://www.openpegasus.org").

This release supports the FC HBA profile, Server profile and a partial
implementation of the Host Discovered Resources (HDR) profile. The Emulex
SMI-S HBA Provider is certified by SNIA Conformance Testing Program (CTP)
v1.0.2.23, and it is fully compliant with SMI-S v1.0.2.

SLPD (Service Location Protocol) is included with the Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider
kit and run by default if the system does not have one. For security purposes,
you might want to replace the sample certificates (privkey.cert and elxhba.cert)
with your own signed certificates.

Please refer to "http://www.openssl.org/docs/HOWTO/" for more details on how
to create a certificate.

NOTE: The OpenSSL library was built to exclude support for the IDEA, MDC2
and RC5 encryption algorithms.

License agreements for these Open Source components and the Emulex software
are found in the ancillary.txt file.

The Emulex SMI-S HBA Provider is registered under the namespace: root/emulex.
By default, the following account is created only on Windows:
User Name: cimadmin
Password: pwd580

On Linux, the default user account is:
User Name: root
Password: pwd580
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Linux 2.6 Kernel
Version Manual
8.0.16.17
Size Manual
2.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 Service Pack 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 Update 1 or later (x86 and x64, Intel Itanium2 and PowerPC 64-bit architectures)
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Complete Manual Includes the Installation, AutoPilot Installer, Configuration and Troubleshooting sections
Operating Systems
Manual for Linux 2.4 Kernel
Version Manual
1.23a
Size Manual
1.4Mb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
32-bit Intel Architecture:
Red Hat Professional 9.0 with 2.4.20-20 kernel
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 2.1 with 2.4.9-e.27 kernel
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 8 (SLES 8) with 2.4.19 kernel
64-bit Itanium Processor Family:
Red Hat Linux Advanced Server for the Itanium 2 processor with 2.4.18-e.31 kernel

Utility - Diagnostic Utility (lputil) version 1.5a0
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Driver
2.20e
Size Driver
59Kb
File Name
nw220e.zip
Information
Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.20e September 30, 2005
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.20e version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Support Pack 3 (NW65SP3)
- NetWare 6.0 with Support Pack 5 (NW6SP5 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Support Pack 7 (NW51SP7)
- untested with Netware 5.0 with Support Pack 6a (SP6a).
Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe11000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LPe1150 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.91a1)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.91a1)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Manual
2.20e
Size Manual
429Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Driver
2.14b
Size Driver
54Kb
File Name
nw214b.zip
Information
Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.14b Jul 09, 2004
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.14b version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Service Pack 2 (NW65SP2)
- NetWare 6.0 with Service Pack 4 (NW6SP4 )
- NetWare 5.1 with Service Pack 7 (NW51SP7)
- untested with Netware 5.0 with Service Pack 6a (SP6a).
Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.90a4)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.90a4)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.90a4)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.92a2)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.92a2.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Manual
2.14b
Size Manual
452Kb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
Downloading the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Supported Features
New Features in this Release
Prerequisites
Compatibility
Things to Know Before You Download
Known Issues
Files Included in this Release

Installing the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Driver Information
Install Driver on New Netware Server
Install Driver on Existing Netware Server
Using an Emulex HBA to Boot Netware 6.5
Load and Update BootBIOS

Configuring the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Introduction
Driver Parameters
Special Command Line Parameters

Troubleshooting the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.14b
Table of Contents
Introduction
Failback Detection Not Automatic
Only Eight LUNS are Seen
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Driver
2.12b
Size Driver
53Kb
File Name
nw212b.zip
Information
Novell "YES" Tested and Approved
Base driver

Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.12b Feb 12, 2004
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.12a version
of the LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family
and Novell NetWare 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5. It provides support for
switched Fabric operation and multi-initiator environments and
for up to 16 adapter channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5 with Service Pack 1
- NetWare 6.0 with Service Pack 3 (SP3) and MM6UP1A patches
- NetWare 5.1 with Service Pack 6 (SP6)
- untested with Netware 5.0 with Service Pack 6a (SP6a).
Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP101 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.82a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.01a2)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.90a7)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.90a7.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Manual
2.12b
Size Manual
484Kb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
Novell "YES" Tested and Approved
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Downloading the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.12b
Table of Contents
Prerequisites
Compatibility
Things to Know Before You Download
Changes and Corrections
Known Issues
Files Included in this Release

Installing the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.12b
Table of Contents
Driver Information
Install Driver on New Netware Server
Install Driver on Existing Netware Server
Using an Emulex HBA to Boot Netware 6.5
Load and Update BootBIOS

Configuring the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.12b
Table of Contents
Introduction
Driver Parameters
Special Command Line Parameters
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Driver
2.11b
Size Driver
53Kb
File Name
nw211b.zip
Information
Emulex LightPulse PCI Fibre Channel Adapter
for Novell Netware 5.1, 6.0, and 6.5

Emulex Corporation

Release 2.11b Oct 19, 2003
This Readme file contains the description of the 2.11b version of the
LPFC.HAM driver for the Emulex LightPulse adapter family and Novell
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, and 6.0. It provides support for switched Fabric
operation and multi-initiator environments and for up to 16 adapter
channels using single or dual channel HBAs.

The Emulex LPFC.HAM driver has been tested in the following
environments:

1. OS Versions:
- Netware 6.5
- NetWare 6.0 with Service Pack 3 (SP3) and MM6UP1A patches
- NetWare 5.1 with Service Pack 6 (SP6)
- Netware 5.0 with Service Pack 6a. Netware 5.0 is supported by Novell, however no future work is planned for this version.
- NetWare 4.2 is not supported at this time; use Emulex driver version 1.23c to support NetWare 4.2.
2. Arbitrated Loop Environment
3. Switched Fabric Environment
4. Emulex Fibre Channel adapters
- LP10000 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP1050 series adapters (minimum firmware revision 1.80a0)
- LP9802DC, LP9802 and LP982 (minimum firmware version 1.00a4)
- LP9402DC, LP9002L, LP9002DC, LP9000 or LP952L (recommended firmware version 3.90a7)
- LP8000, LP8000DC and LP850
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip version 2.00 or greater
use firmware version 3.90a7.
-- If your HBA has a Dragonfly chip below version 2.00,
use firmware version 3.30a7.
- LP7000E (minimum firmware version 3.21a0)
5. Suitable target hardware; lpfc.ham complies with SAN protocols
for switched fabrics and arbitrated loops.

This release includes the following files:

1. LPFC.HAM - Emulex Fibre Channel adapter HAM driver
2. lpfc.ddi - driver description file
3. readme.txt - readme file (this file)
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS ON AN EXISTING NETWARE SERVER:

1. The server must support PCI 2.2 standard slots or PCI-X 1.1
standard slots.

2. At the server console load the install program. On
Netware 6.5 enter

LOAD HDETECT

On Netware 6.0, 5.1, or 5.0, enter

LOAD NWCONFIG

3. Select "Driver Options".

4. Select "Configure disk and storage device drivers".

5. Select "Select an additional driver".

6. Press to install a driver not on the list.
(If there is a previously installed version of the driver,
this will update and replace it).
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
NetWare 5.0, 5.1, 6.0 and 6.5
Version Manual
2.11b
Size Manual
465Kb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
Downloading the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.11b
Table of ContentsPrerequisitesCompatibilityThings to Know Before You DownloadChanges and CorrectionsKnown IssuesFiles Included in this Release

Installing the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.11b
Table of ContentsDriver InformationInstall Driver on New Netware ServerInstall Driver on Existing Netware ServerUsing an Emulex HBA to Boot Netware 6.5Load and Update BootBIOS

Configuring the Emulex Driver for NetWare
Version 2.11b
Table of ContentsIntroductionDriver ParametersSpecial Command Line Parameters
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.02h
Size Driver
12Mb
File Name
solaris-2.1a18-6.02h-1a.tar
Information
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

HBAnyware 2.1a18 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.02c, or later
hbaapi 2.0e

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Copy the HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz file to a directory on the install machine
3. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
4. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz
5. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar
6. Run the pkgadd routine: pkgadd -d .
7. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02h
Size Manual
2.7Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.02h
Size Utilities
76Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.00n-sparc.tar
Information
emlxadm version 1.00r and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02h
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.02g
Size Driver
12Mb
File Name
solaris-2.1a18-6.02g-1a.tar
Information
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

HBAnyware 2.1a18 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.02c, or later
hbaapi 2.0e

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Copy the HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz file to a directory on the install machine
3. cd to the directory which you copied the tar file
4. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar.gz
5. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-2.1a18-sparc.tar
6. Run the pkgadd routine: pkgadd -d .
7. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02g
Size Manual
2.7Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.02g
Size Utilities
76Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.00m-sparc.tar
Information
emlxadm version 1.00q and emlxdrv version 1.00j for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (77 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02g
Size Manual
609Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.02f
Size Driver
12Mb
File Name
solaris-2.1a18-6.02f-1a.tar
Information
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a18, HBAnyware Security Configurator 2.1a18 and lputil 2.0a9

This kit contains the following components:

lpfc-6.02f-sparc.tar - Emulex Fibre Channel Solaris Driver
EmlxApps300a39-Solaris.tar - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found on the
Emulex website - www.emulex.com, under /ts/docfc/solframe.htm.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications kit
can be found in the README.txt file contained in the EmlxApps300a39-Solaris.tar package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02f
Size Manual
2.7Mb
File Name
set.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2,727 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.02f
Size Utilities
76Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.00m-sparc.tar
Information
emlxadm version 1.00q and emlxdrv version 1.00j for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (77 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 2.6, 7, 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.02f
Size Manual
609Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.21f
Size Driver
21.5Mb
File Name
solaris-3.4a15-6.21f-1a.tar
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.4a15, emlxdrv utility 1.00l; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1

HBAnyware 3.4a15 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.21a, emlxsdriver 2.20a, or later
hbaapi 2.0.f

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, and 5.11.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on a driver being installed, so install lpfcdriver or emlxsdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.4a15-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.4a15-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/emulex/hbanyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.21f
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual (1.58 MB)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.21f
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.21f
Size Utilities
212Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.01a-sparc.tar
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
emlxadm version 1.01a and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.21f
Size Manual
863Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Instructions for using emlxdrv

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.20j
Size Driver
21.5Mb
File Name
solaris-3.3a19-6.20j-1b.tar
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.3a22 and lputil 2.0a13 (21.5 MB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Solaris 10 Update 1 behavior change -- must read before downloading driver
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.20j
Size Driver
25Kb
File Name
lpfc_100_rbyd.pdf
Information
Solaris 10 Updates and the lpfc
Driver
The behavior of the Solaris operating system changes beginning with Solaris 10 Update 1 (also referred
to as Solaris 10 1/06 release). Starting with this version, a bare-metal installation of the operating system
automatically discovers all SFS-recognized HBAs (Sun-branded, Emulex, or EMC-branded) and binds
them to the “emlxs” SFS driver. A subsequent installation of lpfc will not discover and bind these HBAs;
you must use the emlxdrv utility to unbind the HBAs from the SFS driver as described in this document.

Note: You do not need to follow the procedure described in this document in the following
circumstances:
• If the server contains any Sun-branded HBAs, which are recognized
and supported only by the emlxs driver and not by the lpfc driver; you
must use the emlxs driver on all HBAs.
• If you installed an earlier version of Solaris and bound the HBAs to the
lpfc driver; updating to Solaris 10 Update 1 (or later) by applying
patches will not unbind the HBAs from the lpfc driver.

Prerequisites:
• SPARC platform
• Solaris 10 Update 1 or later installed on a local drive
• Sun released patch 120222-06 or later installed
• Emulex® FCA utility version 1.00m (which includes emlxdrv 1.00j for SPARC) or later installed
(see the Emulex FCA Utilities Reference Manual for installation instructions)
• Emulex lpfc driver not yet installed
To unbind the HBAs from the SFS driver, do the following:
1. Start the emlxdrv utility as described in the Emulex FCA Utilities Reference Manual.
2. Type the following command at the emlxdrv prompt:
clear_all
This unbinds from emlxs all HBAs that are recognized by both emlxs and lpfc drivers.
3. Exit the emlxdrv utility by typing the following:
q
Install the lpfc driver as instructed in the documentation that accompanies the driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.20j
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Manual Utility User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.20j
Size Manual
3.1Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
lputil Manual lputil Utility User Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.20j
Size Manual
329Kb
File Name
lputil.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing lputil .......................................................................................................... 1
Starting lputil............................................................................................................ 2
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................... 4
Viewing HBA Information......................................................................................... 4
Resetting an HBA .................................................................................................... 5
Updating an HBA’s Firmware or Boot Code ............................................................. 5
Enabling or Disabling Boot Code ............................................................................. 6
Downloading PCI Configuration............................................................................... 7
Setting Up Persistent Binding (Solaris Only)............................................................ 7
Using the Command Line Interface ......................................................................... 9
Examples of lputil Commands................................................................... 11

Introduction
The LightPulse® diagnostic utility (lputil) for Linux and Solaris is a console application that enables you
to manage local Emulex® host bus adapters (HBAs).
Use lputil to do any of the following:
• Discover HBAs
• View HBA information
• Reset HBAs
• Update firmware or boot code on the local HBA
• Enable or disable the boot code on the HBA
• Download PCI Configuration
• Set Up Persistent Binding (Solaris only)
• Use the Command Line Interface (CLI)
Prerequisites
Before using lputil, ensure the following prerequisites are met:
• The Emulex driver is installed.
• The lputil utility is installed.
• If you are updating firmware, the firmware file is downloaded to a local drive. Firmware versions
differ between HBA versions. Make sure you have downloaded the appropriate firmware for your
HBA.
• I/O activity on the bus is quieted.
• Any software that relies on the HBA to be available is stopped or paused.
Installing lputil
To install lputil:
1. Download the lputil.tar file from the Emulex Web site to a directory on a local drive on the server.
2. Untar the contents of the lputil.tar file.
3. Run the lputil installation script.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.20j
Size Utilities
212Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.01a-sparc.tar
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with this Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
emlxadm version 1.01a and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.11cx2
Size Driver
24.1Mb
File Name
solaris-3.1a12-6.11cx2-1a.tar
Information
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.1a12 and lputil 2.0a13

HBAnyware 3.1a12 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.11c, emlxsdriver 2.20a, or later
hbaapi 2.0f

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on a driver being installed, so install lpfcdriver or emlxsdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.1a12-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.1a12-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.11cx2
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.11cx2
Size Utilities
212Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.01a-sparc.tar
Information
emlxadm version 1.01a and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.10gx2
Size Driver
20Mb
File Name
solaris-3.0a17-6.10gx2-1a.tar
Information
Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.0a17 and lputil 2.0a13

HBAnyware 3.0a17 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.10b, or later
hbaapi 2.0f

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.4 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on lpfcdriver being installed, so install lpfcdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.0a17-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.0a17-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /usr/sbin/hbanyware/hbanyware
Helpful scripts

/usr/sbin/hbanyware/stop_hbanyware - This script will stop all HBAnyware daemons and GUIs.
Run this if you need to unload the driver.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.10gx2
Size Manual
3.7Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Utilities
6.10gx2
Size Utilities
76Kb
File Name
emlxu_kit-1.00n-sparc.tar
Information
Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
emlxadm version 1.00r and emlxdrv version 1.00k for SPARC; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1 (75.5 KB tar file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.10gx2
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Emulex recommends installing driver version 6.10gx2, which adds a critical fix to the previously posted 6.10g driver. Driver functionality and behavior are otherwise identical.
Installing and using the FCA utilities

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.30g (Legacy)
Size Driver
25.5Mb
File Name
solaris-4.0a37-6.30g-1b.tar
Information
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Note This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 4.0a37, emlxdrv utility 1.00m; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update 1

HBAnyware 4.0a37 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfc driver 6.30g or later
hbaapi 2.0.f
Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.com.

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the Java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included
in the PATH environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin,
then include this path in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. The HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10.

HBAnyware is dependent on the Emulex lpfc driver being installed. Please ensure that this package is
installed prior to installing HBAnyware.

HBAnyware Installation Instructions
-----------------------------------
1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-4.0a37-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-4.0a37-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI
-------------------------
1. su to root
2. Execute the command: /opt/HBAnyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.30g (Legacy)
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Note This driver is posted as is, with no new version planned.
This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware User Manual
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.30g (Legacy)
Size Manual
5.3Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver is posted as is, with no new version planned.
This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
HBAnyware Utility Version 4.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.30g (Legacy)
Size Manual
876Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
This driver is posted as is, with no new version planned.
This driver version requires patch #112438 for Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Instructions for using the FCA utilities

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Driver
6.21g
Size Driver
21.5Mb
File Name
solaris-3.4a15-6.21g-1a.tar
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.4a15, emlxdrv utility 1.00l; emlxdrv is needed for a fresh installation of Solaris 10 Update

HBAnyware 3.4a15 Solaris Installation Instructions

Dependencies:

lpfcdriver 6.21a, emlxsdriver 2.20a, or later
hbaapi 2.0.f

Java Runtime Environment

Version 1.5 or later of the Java Runtime Environment (JRE) must
be installed. HBAnyware will not run under earlier versions of
the JRE.

HBAnyware and hbacmd currently will not run under Solaris 6. HBAnyware and hbacmd target OS versions
include Solaris 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, and 5.11.

The JRE and instructions for installation can be found at http://java.sun.com/downloads/index.html

JAVA NOTE:
HBAnyware needs the java runtime binaries and libraries, so their path needs to be included in the PATH
environment variable. For example, if your java runtime binaries are in /usr/java/bin, then include this path
in your PATH environment variable. (bash> export PATH="$PATH:/usr/java/bin")


HBAnyware is dependant on a driver being installed, so install lpfcdriver or emlxsdriver first if it is not already installed.

1. Run the pkgrm routine to remove any previous version of HBAnyware: pkgrm HBAnyware
2. Run the unpack script : ./unpack_apps
to obtain correct package version
3. Unzip the file: gunzip HBAnyware-3.4a15-sparc.tar.gz
4. Untar the file: tar -xvf HBAnyware-3.4a15-sparc.tar
5. Run the pkgadd utility: pkgadd -d .
6. When prompted by pkgadd, choose to install HBAnyware
7. When prompted by pkgadd, answer the HBAnyware installation option questions
Running the HBAnyware GUI

1. su to root
2. Run the script /opt/emulex/hbanyware/hbanyware
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.21g
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
LPFC Driver for Solaris User Manual

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Manual
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.21g
Size Manual
3.5Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
HBAnyware Utility User Manual

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FCA Utilities Manual
Operating Systems
SPARC Solaris 8, 9 and 10 (32-bit and 64-bit)
Version Manual
6.21g
Size Manual
863Kb
File Name
sfs_utilities.pdf
Information
This driver version requires patch #112438 for
Solaris 8 operation.
Starting with Solaris driver version 6.20, the driver no longer uses the sd.conf and st.conf files to limit the storage presented to the OS. If your environment uses these files to perform LUN or target masking, refer to the driver manual for important configuration information.
Instructions for using emlxdrv

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Fibre Channel Overview .................................................................................... 1
The Solaris Fibre Channel Stack ....................................................................... 1
Installing the Utilities................................................................................................ 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Installing or Updating the Utilities Using the emlxu_install Script....................... 4
Removing the Utilities Using the emlxu_remove Script ..................................... 5
Installing the Utilities Package Manually............................................................ 6
Removing the Utilities Package Manually.......................................................... 7
Updating the Utilities Package Manually ........................................................... 7
Using the emlxadm Utility ........................................................................................ 8
Modes of Operation (emlxadm) ......................................................................... 8
Interactive Mode (emlxadm)........................................................................ 8
CLI Mode (emlxadm)................................................................................... 9
Command Descriptions (emlxadm) ................................................................. 11
Using the emlxdrv Utility ........................................................................................ 31
Modes of Operation (emlxdrv) ......................................................................... 31
Interactive Mode (emlxdrv)........................................................................ 31
CLI Mode (emlxdrv)................................................................................... 33
Command Descriptions (emlxdrv) ................................................................... 33

This document provides the information needed to use the Emulex® emlxadm and elmxdrv utility
programs. For system administrators, this document includes information about the installation and
removal of these utilities.
At the very least, system administrators should be familiar with Solaris and the Sun StorEdge SAN
Foundation Software (SFS) and should have access to standard system documentation. Anyone
working with this product should have some familiarity with the nature and use of Fibre Channel.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Driver
2Mb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-esx40-4.0a46-1.x86_64.rpm
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware 4.0a46 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (2.05 MB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual version 8.2.0.30.49vmw
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Manual
1.4Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 8.2.0.30.49vmw

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual version 8.2.0.30.52vmw
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Manual
1.4Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 8.2.0.30.52vmw

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.49vmw and 8.20.30.52vmw
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0/ESX 4.0 U1, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
FC driver Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.52
Size Driver
6.2Mb
File Name
vmware-esx-drivers-scsi-lpfc_elx_v740-350-7.4.0.52-001.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Base FC driver and install script (6.24 MB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Core Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.52
Size Driver
1.8Mb
File Name
elxocmcore-esx35-5.0.17.3-1.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
OneCommand Manager 5.0 core application (1.80 MB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
OneCommand Manager Release Notes for VMware
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.52
Size Driver
97Kb
File Name
vmware_release_notes.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
OneCommand Manager version 5.0

Release Notes
Date: January 2010
Product: OneCommand Manager™ Application for the ESX 3.5 Driver for VMware
Version: 5.0
This document describes the known issues associated with this utility build release. For the latest product documentation, go to www.emulex.com. If you have any questions or require additional information, contact an authorized Emulex Corporation technical representative.
New Features in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. This is a new product. Refer to the OneCommand Manager Application User Manual for details.
2. Support for Emulex OneConnect™ OCe10102 UCNAs.
Resolved Issues in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. This is a new product. There are no resolved issues.
Known Issues in OneCommand Manager Application Version 5.0
1. Remote Management FC-based (also known as in-band) remote management is not supported in this release.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
2. Core Kit Upgrade Procedure The following procedure should be used to upgrade to the 5.0.18.4-1 OneCommand Manager core kit. NOTE: The upgrade process has changed for this release.
1. Remove the lpfc, be2net and (if installed) be2iscsi driver RPMs from the server.
2. Install the lpfc, be2net and (if desired) be2iscsi 2.101.411.0 driver RPMs. Do not reboot the server.
3. Upgrade to the elxocmcore-esx35-5.0.18.4-1 RPM using the “rpm –U” command.
4. Upgrade the OneConnect UCNA to the 2.101.411.0 firmware.
5. Reboot the VMware ESX 3.5 server.
3. Running the OneConnect™ FCoE Adapter without the NIC Driver It is not advised to run a OneConnect FCoE adapter without the NIC driver installed. Many management functions are unavailable:
1. Firmware
a. Download
b. Active and flash firmware versions
c. Firmware status
d. BIOS version
e. Boot code version
2. All diagnostics including beaconing
3. Transceiver data display
4. Port disable
5. Physical port link status
6. All CEE settings
7. Event log display (CLI only)
8. FAT dumps
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
4. CEE Priority Groups
Switching from DCBX enabled to disabled and then back to enabled may not return the Priority Groups and FCoE/iSCSI priority to the switch settings.
Workaround: Disable and re-enable the port (hbacmd setportenabled or Physical Port Info tab).
If you disable DCBX and then modify the priority groups and/or FCoE/iSCSI priority, when you enable DCBX the CEE properties will not return to the switch settings.
Workaround: Modify the priority groups and FCoE/iSCSI priority values. After they are saved, the CEE properties should match the switch.
If you disable DCBX using HBACMD (setceeparams MAC/WWPN dcbxstate 0), all Priority Group priorities and bandwidths are reset to 0. This also causes all active Priority Group priorities and bandwidths to be 0.
Workaround: Use the GUI to disable DCBX or re-enter the Priority Groups and bandwidths using the “setceepriority” and “setcnapgbw” commands. However, this workaround will cause the issue described in the previous paragraph.
5. Installation Warning Message A warning message similar to the following may appear on some systems when the RPM is installed:
ldconfig: /usr/lib/libdfc.so is not a symbolic link
This message can appear when the library configuration utility, ldconfig, encounters unexpected files in the /usr/lib/ directory. These files may exist because an earlier Emulex utility kit that does not use RPM for package management was previously installed on the system. If RPM encounters previously existing files that are not owned by RPM packages currently installed on the system, then it will save them with the ".bak" extension in the /usr/lib directory.
6. Limit Centralized Management Centralized management of adapters across VMware ESX servers must be limited to, at most, one OneCommand Manager GUI or CLI client. This applies to OneCommand Manager application remote connectivity for TCP/IP-based management.
In addition, the remote OneCommand Manager application client must be configured to disable its periodic auto-polling of discovered remote servers (which is enabled by default). This is done using the client GUI drop-down menu item shown here:
Click Discovery --> Modify Settings and select the resultant settings as follows: In-Band (Fibre Channel) - Manual Refresh Out-if-Band (TCP/IP) - Manual Refresh Expire Undiscovered HBA - Never Remove
As a result of this constraint, Emulex suggests that the OneCommand Manager application remote management of Windows, Linux, and Solaris servers take place in an environment separate from that of VMware ESX servers. It is advisable to keep the discovery domains disjointed.
Workaround: There is no workaround at this time.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
VMware 3.5 U4 User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.52
Size Manual
1.9Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Driver for VMware 3.5 U4 User Manual

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
OneCommand Manager Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.52
Size Manual
1.1Mb
File Name
corekit_user_manual.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and OneConnect UCNAs
Manual for OneCommand Manager Command Line Version 5.0

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Installing the OneCommand Manager Application CLI............................................. 2
In Windows........................................................................................................ 2
In a new VMware ESX Server ........................................................................... 2
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 2
Procedures.................................................................................................. 2
In a VMware ESX Server with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed ........... 3
In a New Linux System...................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 4
In a Linux System with an Existing HBAnyware CLI Kit Installed....................... 4
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedures.................................................................................................. 6
Uninstalling the OneCommand Manager Application CLI ........................................ 6
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 6
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 7
Upgrading from the OneCommand Manager Application CLI to the Full-Featured
OneCommand Manager Application Enterprise Kit.................................................. 8
In Windows........................................................................................................ 8
In Linux ............................................................................................................. 8
In Solaris SFS ................................................................................................... 8
In VMware ESX Server...................................................................................... 8
Using the OneCommand Manager Application Command-Line Interface ................ 9
Using the CLI Client ........................................................................................ 12
Syntax Rules............................................................................................. 12
The CLI Client Command Reference............................................................... 12
Parameters Not Supported by CIM Interface............................................. 13
Read-Only Mode ....................................................................................... 17
Help Commands ....................................................................................... 17
Attributes Commands................................................................................ 18
Authentication Commands ........................................................................ 19
Boot Commands ....................................................................................... 21
CEE Commands ....................................................................................... 22
FCoE Commands...................................................................................... 26
Diagnostic Commands .............................................................................. 27
Driver Parameter Commands.................................................................... 30
Dump Commands ..................................................................................... 33
LUN Masking Commands ......................................................................... 34
Miscellaneous Commands ........................................................................ 35
Persistent Binding Commands .................................................................. 39
TCP/IP Management Host File Commands............................................... 41
VPort Commands...................................................................................... 41
WWN Management Commands................................................................ 43
iSCSI Commands...................................................................................... 44
ASCII Strings that May Be Returned ............................................................... 58
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.31
Size Driver
910Kb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-4.0a27-2.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware 4.0a27 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (300 KB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.31
Size Manual
1Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 7.4.x

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.31
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs and 10 Gb/s CNAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
8.2.0.30.53vmw
Size Driver
2Mb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-esx40-4.0a46-1.x86_64.rpm
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware 4.0a46 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (2.05 MB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.53vmw
Size Manual
1.6Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 8.2.0.30.53vmw

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
8.2.0.30.53vmw
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
vSphere 4 (ESX 4.0, vCenter 4.0) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.40
Size Driver
931Kb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-esx35-4.0a45-1.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware 4.0a45 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (932 KB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.40
Size Manual
1.2Mb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
Driver for VMware User Manual, version 7.4.0.40

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Command Line User Manual
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.40
Size Manual
888Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U4, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware Command Line Version 4.0

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Driver
302Kb
File Name
elxvmwarecorekit-2.1a42-1.i386.rpm
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
HBAnyware 2.1a42 agent, hbacmd, HP Rubah library version 9.0 (303 KB rpm file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual version 7.3.x
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Manual
986Kb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Manual version 7.4.x
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Manual
1016Kb
File Name
vmware.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Installation...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 1
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 2
Installing the Driver.................................................................................................. 2
Installing the Emulex Utilities................................................................................... 3
Installing the HBAnyware Agent and lputil ......................................................... 3
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 3
Procedures.................................................................................................. 3
Uninstalling the Emulex Utilities............................................................................... 4
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Agent and lputil..................................................... 4
Configuration ..........................................................................................5
Introduction.............................................................................................................. 5
Configuration Methods Using Native ESX Tools................................................ 5
Permanent Configuration Methods.............................................................. 5
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 6
Dynamically Add LUNs and Targets......................................................................... 7
Driver Configuration Parameters ............................................................................. 7
Creating a Fibre Channel Remote Boot Disk ......................................................... 10
Troubleshooting....................................................................................11
Introduction............................................................................................................ 11
Unusual Situations and Their Resolutions ............................................................. 11
General Situations........................................................................................... 11
lpfc Log Messages................................................................................................. 13
Introducton ...................................................................................................... 13
Severity Codes.......................................................................................... 13
Message Group Masks ............................................................................. 13
Message Log Example.............................................................................. 14
ELS Events (0100 - 0199) ............................................................................... 15
Link Discovery Events (0200 - 0299) ............................................................... 19
Mailbox Events (0300 - 0399).......................................................................... 28
Initialization Events (0400 - 0499) ................................................................... 33
FCP Traffic History (0700 - 0799) .................................................................... 39
Node Table Events (0900 - 0999) .................................................................... 42
Miscellaneous Events (1200 - 1299) ............................................................... 44
Link Events (1300 - 1399) ............................................................................... 45
Log Messages - LIBDFC Events (1600 - 1699) ............................................... 47
Supported Features
• Supports 256 (0-255) logical unit numbers (LUNs)
• Supports dynamically adding LUNs and targets
• Topology support: FC-AL, point-to-point, fabric with auto-topology negotiation
• Support for 1, 2 and 4 Gb with auto rate negotiation
• Protocols: SCSI-FCP, FCP-2 (FC-Tape profile, including use of ADISC instead of PLOGI), FC
initiator mode
• Support for up to sixteen host bus adapter (HBA) ports
• Monitoring and parameter configuration using Emulex's HBAnyware™ Java-based graphical
user interface utility and the HBACMD scriptable command-line interface
• Parameter configuration using Emulex's LightPulse® lputil command-line interface utility
• Support for Common HBA API
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Manual version 3.1
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Manual
2.1Mb
File Name
hbanyware31.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Starting the HBAnyware Utility .......................................................................... 2
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 2
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ............................................. 3
Changing Management Mode .......................................................................... 3
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ......................................... 4
The Menu Bar ............................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar ................................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................... 5
The Discovery-Tree..................................................................................... 5
Property Tabs.............................................................................................. 6
Status Bar ................................................................................................... 6
Using the HBAnyware Command-Line Interface ............................................... 6
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................. 11
Configuring Discovery Settings ....................................................................... 12
Sorting HBA Information ........................................................................................ 13
Sort by Host Name .......................................................................................... 13
Sort by Fabric Address .................................................................................... 13
Sorting Local HBAs Only ................................................................................. 13
Viewing HBA Information....................................................................................... 14
Viewing Discovery Information ........................................................................ 14
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 14
Viewing Host Information................................................................................. 15
The Host Information Tab.......................................................................... 15
The Host Driver Parameters Tab............................................................... 16
Viewing General HBA Attributes...................................................................... 17
Adapter Summary Field Definitions ........................................................... 17
Adapter Status Area Field Definitions........................................................ 18
Viewing Detailed HBA Information................................................................... 18
Adapter Details Field Definitions ............................................................... 19
Port Attributes Field Definitions ................................................................. 19
Loop Map Table Definitions ....................................................................... 20
Viewing Fabric Information .............................................................................. 20
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 20
Viewing Target Information .............................................................................. 21
Target Information Field Definitions........................................................... 21
Viewing LUN Information................................................................................. 22
LUN Information Field Definitions.............................................................. 22
Viewing Port Statistics ..................................................................................... 23
Port Statistics Field Definitions .................................................................. 23
Viewing Firmware Information ......................................................................... 24
Firmware Field Definitions......................................................................... 25
Viewing Target Mapping ................................................................................. 26
Target Mapping Field Definitions ............................................................... 26
Resetting HBAs ..................................................................................................... 27
Updating Firmware ................................................................................................ 27
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 27
Procedure ................................................................................................. 27
Updating Firmware (Batch Mode).................................................................... 29
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
HBAnyware Manual version 3.2
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Manual
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Manual
2.4Mb
File Name
hbanyware32.pdf
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5 U2, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2, 4 & 8 Gb/s HBAsVirtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Starting the HBAnyware Utility .......................................................................... 2
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch ........................................................ 2
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 2
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ............................................. 3
Changing Management Mode .......................................................................... 3
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ......................................... 4
The Menu Bar ............................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar ................................................................................................. 4
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................... 5
The Discovery-Tree..................................................................................... 5
Property Tabs.............................................................................................. 6
Status Bar ................................................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Utility Command-Line Interface...................................... 7
Using the CLI Client (Linux) ........................................................................ 7
Discovering HBAs.................................................................................................. 22
Configuring Discovery Settings ....................................................................... 23
Sorting HBA Information ........................................................................................ 24
Sort by Host Name .......................................................................................... 24
Sort by Fabric Address .................................................................................... 24
Sorting Local HBAs Only ................................................................................. 24
Viewing HBA Information....................................................................................... 25
Viewing Discovery Information ........................................................................ 25
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 25
Viewing Host Information................................................................................. 26
The Host Information Tab.......................................................................... 26
The Host Driver Parameters Tab............................................................... 27
Viewing General HBA Attributes...................................................................... 28
Adapter Summary Field Definitions ........................................................... 28
Adapter Status Area Field Definitions........................................................ 29
Viewing Detailed HBA Information................................................................... 29
Adapter Details Field Definitions ............................................................... 30
Port Attributes Field Definitions ................................................................. 30
Loop Map Table Definitions ....................................................................... 31
Viewing Fabric Information .............................................................................. 31
Discovery Information Field Definitions ..................................................... 31
Viewing Target Information .............................................................................. 32
Target Information Field Definitions........................................................... 32
Viewing LUN Information................................................................................. 33
LUN Information Field Definitions.............................................................. 33
Viewing Port Statistics ..................................................................................... 34
Port Statistics Field Definitions .................................................................. 34
Viewing Firmware Information ......................................................................... 35
Firmware Field Definitions......................................................................... 36
Viewing Target Mapping ................................................................................. 37
Target Mapping Field Definitions ............................................................... 37
Resetting HBAs ..................................................................................................... 38
Updating Firmware ................................................................................................ 38
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 38
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.4.0.13-2
Size Driver
107Kb
File Name
lpfcutil-7.4.0.13-1.tgz
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, ESX 3.5 U2 Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
Lputil version 2.0a14, HBA API library version 2.0.f

1. Introduction
2. System Requirements
3. Installation
4. Uninstallation
5. Using the utilities
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Introduction
This utilities package includes diagnostic and management utilities and
libraries that can be used to manage Emulex HBAs in a VMware ESX server
environment.

Each version of these utilities corresponds to a specific VMware-distributed
Emulex device driver version. A utilities/driver combination supports multiple
versions of the VMware Operating System.
2. System Requirements
The following VMware Operating System version(s) are supported by this
utilities package:

- Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.0 or greater, Virtual Center 2.0.2)

The following VMware-distributed Emulex device drivers are supported by this
utilities package:

- 7.3.2_vmw1 or greater

For the list of supported HBAs please refer to the supported ESX hardware
compatibility lists.
3. Installation
To install the contents of this package you should execute the Install.sh
script as the 'root' user:
# ./Install.sh

The Install.sh script is included in this package.

The installation process will install the following components:

Utilities:
- lputil (Diagnostic/management utility, Rev. 2.0a14)
- dfc (Diagnostic/management utility)

Libraries:
- libdfc.so (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libHBAAPI.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard, Rev. 2.0.g)
- libemulexhbaapi.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard)
4. Uninstallation
To remove the contents of this package you should execute the Remove.sh script
as the 'root' user:
# ./Remove.sh

The Remove.sh script is included in this package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Applications Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.3.2_vmw4 and 7.3.2_vmw10
Size Driver
115Kb
File Name
lpfcutil-7.3.2-3.tgz
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.2, ESX 3.0.3, Virtual Center 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
Lputil version 2.0a14, HBA API library version 2.0.f

1. Introduction
2. System Requirements
3. Installation
4. Uninstallation
5. Using the utilities
----------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Introduction
This utilities package includes diagnostic and management utilities and
libraries that can be used to manage Emulex HBAs in a VMware ESX server
environment.

Each version of these utilities corresponds to a specific VMware-distributed
Emulex device driver version. A utilities/driver combination supports multiple
versions of the VMware Operating System.
2. System Requirements
The following VMware Operating System version(s) are supported by this
utilities package:

- Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0.0 or greater, Virtual Center 2.0.2)

The following VMware-distributed Emulex device drivers are supported by this
utilities package:

- 7.3.2_vmw1 or greater

For the list of supported HBAs please refer to the supported ESX hardware
compatibility lists.
3. Installation
To install the contents of this package you should execute the Install.sh
script as the 'root' user:
# ./Install.sh

The Install.sh script is included in this package.

The installation process will install the following components:

Utilities:
- lputil (Diagnostic/management utility, Rev. 2.0a14)
- dfc (Diagnostic/management utility)

Libraries:
- libdfc.a (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libdfc.so (Diagnostic utility library interface)
- libHBAAPI.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard, Rev. 2.0.f)
- libemulexhbaapi.so (Library to support HBAAPI standard)
4. Uninstallation
To remove the contents of this package you should execute the Remove.sh script
as the 'root' user:
# ./Remove.sh

The Remove.sh script is included in this package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Library Kit
Operating Systems
VMware
Version Driver
7.4.0.13, 7.4.0.13-1, 7.3.2_vmw (All)
Size Driver
35Kb
File Name
em_cpq9_vmware.tar.gz
Information
Virtual Infrastructure 3 v3.5 (ESX 3.5.0, ESX 3.5 U1, Virtual Center 2.5) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs Virtual Infrastructure 3 (ESX 3.0, ESX 3.0.1, ESX 3.0.2, ESX 3.0.3; Virtual Center 2.0, 2.0.1, 2.0.2) - 2 & 4 Gb/s HBAs
HP Rubah Library version 9.0 (36 KB gz file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.31a0
Size Driver
17.2Mb
File Name
scsiportminiportkit_5-31a0-1e.exe
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.0a16 and lputilnt 1.8a18 (17.2 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.31a0
Size Driver
6.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider1.0.12-1.exe
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite. Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment. (6.97 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.31a0
Size Driver
115Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (468 KB)

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer™ for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple
installation with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.

Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.

Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
• Driver-specific utility (elxcfg for FC Port, lputilnt for Storport Miniport and SCSIport Miniport) -
provides a user-friendly interface that allows you to examine, manage and configure local HBAs.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
AutoPilot Installer Introduction
The Emulex AutoPilot Installer is a Fibre Channel HBA installation wizard for Windows. The AutoPilot
Installer installs (or updates) Emulex drivers and utilities and configures HBAs, drivers and utilities.

Prerequisites
• One of the following operating systems:
•Windows Server 2003 running on an x86, x64 or Itanium 64-bit platform.
•For the Emulex Storport Miniport driver, a Microsoft driver update may be required. See the Emulex Web site for the latest update to the Microsoft Storport driver.
•Windows 2000 Server - Service Pack 4 or later is recommended for all installations. Storport Miniport is not compatible with Windows 2000 Server.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
5.31a0
Size Manual
4.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.30a2 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
18.4Mb
File Name
scsiportminiportkit_5-30a2-1d.exe
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.0a9 and lputilnt 1.8a18 (18 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.30a2 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
6.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider1.0.12-1.exe
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite
Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment (6.97 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.30a2 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
115Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (468 KB)

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer™ for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple
installation with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.

Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.

Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
• Driver-specific utility (elxcfg for FC Port, lputilnt for Storport Miniport and SCSIport Miniport) -
provides a user-friendly interface that allows you to examine, manage and configure local HBAs.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
AutoPilot Installer Introduction
The Emulex AutoPilot Installer is a Fibre Channel HBA installation wizard for Windows. The AutoPilot
Installer installs (or updates) Emulex drivers and utilities and configures HBAs, drivers and utilities.

Prerequisites
• One of the following operating systems:
•Windows Server 2003 running on an x86, x64 or Itanium 64-bit platform.
•For the Emulex Storport Miniport driver, a Microsoft driver update may be required. See the Emulex Web site for the latest update to the Microsoft Storport driver.
•Windows 2000 Server - Service Pack 4 or later is recommended for all installations. Storport Miniport is not compatible with Windows 2000 Server.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
5.30a2 32/64-Bit
Size Manual
4.3Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.20a9 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
14.3Mb
File Name
scsiportminiportkit_5-20a9-1d.exe
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a17 and lputilnt 1.8a15 (15 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.20a9 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
6.9Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider1.0.12-1.exe
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.0.2 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.0.2.23 suite
Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.3.2, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment (6.97 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.20a9 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
498Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (468 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
5.20a9 32/64-Bit
Size Manual
2.9Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The 64-bit Itanium SCSIport Miniport driver is also Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition. The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a16 and lputilnt 1.8a13
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.20a8 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
14Mb
File Name
scsiportminiportkit_5-20a8c-2g.exe
Information
Qualification: The driver for Windows Server 2003 is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium platforms. The driver for Windows 2000 Server is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Server The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.20a8 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
90Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The driver for Windows Server 2003 is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium platforms. The driver for Windows 2000 Server is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Server The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
OS Versions: Windows Server 2003 SP1 and Windows Server 2000 SP2
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (3,085 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
5.20a8 32/64-Bit
Size Manual
2.9Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The driver for Windows Server 2003 is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium platforms. The driver for Windows 2000 Server is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Server The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit 64-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.10a10 64-Bit
Size Driver
6.1Mb
File Name
scsiport-6-5.10a10-sp1.zip
Information
Qualification: The 64-bit SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for both Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition.

This kit contains the following components:

ns6510a10dc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
Emlx64Apps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated
to install the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory
to be compatible with Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the Emulex Driver Kit listed above.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
Applications Kit listed above.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
5.10a10 64-Bit
Size Manual
2.8Mb
File Name
manual_ws3.pdf
Information
Qualification: The 64-bit SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for both Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit 32-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.10a10 32-Bit
Size Driver
5.2Mb
File Name
scsiport-5-5.10a10-sp1.zip
Information
Qualification: The 32-bit SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, and it is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.

This kit contains the following components:

ns5510a10sc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
EmlxApps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated
to install the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory
to be compatible with Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the Emulex Driver Kit listed above.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
Applications Kit listed above.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows Server 2003
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
5.10a10 32-Bit
Size Manual
2.8Mb
File Name
manual_ws3.pdf
Information
Qualification: The 32-bit SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, and it is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows 2000 Server
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
5.10a10 32-Bit
Size Manual
2.9Mb
File Name
manual_w2k.pdf
Information
Qualification: The 32-bit SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, and it is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server The SCSIport Miniport driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service Pack 4 is required.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit 64-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.10a9 64-Bit
Size Driver
6.1Mb
File Name
scsiport-6-5.10a9-sp1.zip
Information
Qualification: The 64-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs.

This kit contains the following components:

ns6510a9dc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
Emlx64Apps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated
to install the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory
to be compatible with Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the ns6510a9dc.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
Applications Kit listed above.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
5.10a9 64-Bit
Size Manual
2.1Mb
File Name
manual_ws3.pdf
Information
Qualification: The 64-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit 32-bit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a21 and lputilnt 1.7a21
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
5.10a9 32-Bit
Size Driver
5.2Mb
File Name
scsiport-5-5.10a9-sp1.zip
Information
Qualification: The 32-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server and Workstation products (Service Pack 2 or above).

This kit contains the following components:

ns5510a9sc.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel SCSIport Miniport Driver
EmlxApps20a21-SP1.zip - Emulex Applications kit
readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

The installation for the Emulex Applications Kit has been updated to install
the hbaapi.dll file in the Emulex utilities directory to be compatible with
Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the ns5510a9sc.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.pdf file contained in the Emulex
applications kit listed above.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows Server 2003
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
5.10a9 32-Bit
Size Manual
2.1Mb
File Name
manual_ws3.pdf
Information
Qualification: The 32-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server and Workstation products (Service Pack 2 or above).
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting for Windows 2000 Server
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
5.10a9 32-Bit
Size Manual
2.2Mb
File Name
manual_w2k.pdf
Information
Qualification: The 32-Bit SCSIport Miniport driver is qualified and digitally signed by WHQL labs for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server and Workstation products (Service Pack 2 or above).
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.42a0
Size Driver
13.8Mb
File Name
fcportkit_2-42a0-1c.exe
Information
Qualification:
The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server on x86 platforms.
The FC Port 2.42a0 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
FC Port 2.22a8 Not Supported with SP1 and SP2
If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you will be unable to install the Windows Server 2003 SP2 update. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8 and install the Windows Server 2003 SP1 update, the system will not boot after the SP1 installation
You should install the most current version of FC Port or Storport Miniport that has been qualified by your Emulex HBA service provider before installing SP1 or SP2. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a21 and elxcfg version 1.41a17 (13.8 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.42a0
Size Driver
115Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for
WindowsServer 2003 on x86 platforms and Windows 2000 Server.
The FC Port 2.40a3 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program,
which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
SP1 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8 Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (496 KB)

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer™ for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple
installation with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.

Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.

Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
• Driver-specific utility (elxcfg for FC Port, lputilnt for Storport Miniport and SCSIport Miniport) -
provides a user-friendly interface that allows you to examine, manage and configure local HBAs.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
AutoPilot Installer Introduction
The Emulex AutoPilot Installer is a Fibre Channel HBA installation wizard for Windows. The AutoPilot
Installer installs (or updates) Emulex drivers and utilities and configures HBAs, drivers and utilities.

Prerequisites
• One of the following operating systems:
•Windows Server 2003 running on an x86, x64 or Itanium 64-bit platform.
•For the Emulex Storport Miniport driver, a Microsoft driver update may be required. See the Emulex Web site for the latest update to the Microsoft Storport driver.
•Windows 2000 Server - Service Pack 4 or later is recommended for all installations. Storport Miniport is not compatible with Windows 2000 Server.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
2.42a0
Size Manual
3.1Mb
File Name
fcportmanual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server on x86 platforms.
The FC Port 2.42a0 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
FC Port 2.22a8 Not Supported with SP1 and SP2
If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you will be unable to install the Windows Server 2003 SP2 update. See our knowledgebase article for more information. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8 and install the Windows Server 2003 SP1 update, the system will not boot after the SP1 installation
You should install the most current version of FC Port or Storport Miniport that has been qualified by your Emulex HBA service provider before installing SP1 or SP2. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver 2.22a8, see our knowledgebase article for help on how to recover your system.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3.12 MB)

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Definitions ......................................................................................................... 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Updating the FC Port Driver Using AutoPilot Installer ....................................... 2
Using the FC Port Driver in a Windows 2000 Server System ............................ 2
Upgrading to Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 ......................................... 2
Definitions................................................................................................................ 3
FC Port Driver Information....................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Update the FC Port Driver Using AutoPilot Installer .......................................... 4
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 4
Files Included in the AutoPilot Installer™ ................................................................ 4
Distribution Executable File Overview ..................................................................... 5
Distribution Executable File Procedure.............................................................. 5
AutoPilot Installer..................................................................................................... 5
Introduction ....................................................................................................... 5
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer Features ......................................................................... 6
Configuration Questions.............................................................................. 6
Installation Planning .......................................................................................... 6
Hardware-First Installation................................................................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
If the Installation Fails ................................................................................. 8
Software-First Installation .................................................................................. 8
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 8
Procedure ................................................................................................... 8
HBAnyware Security Configurator Installation ....................................................... 10
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 10
Procedure ................................................................................................. 10
Unattended Installation .......................................................................................... 11
Prerequisites ................................................................................................... 11
AutoPilot Configuration File Format................................................................. 11
Mandatory Configuration File Changes ........................................................... 11
Delete Questions in the APInstall.cfg File........................................................ 12
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.41a1 32-Bit
Size Driver
13.8Mb
File Name
fcportkit_2-41a1-1b.exe
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server on x86 platforms.
The FC Port 2.41a1 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
FC Port 2.22a8 Not Supported with SP1 and SP2
If you're using FC Port 2.22a8, you will be unable to install the Windows Server 2003 SP2 update. If you're using FC Port 2.22a8 and install the Windows Server 2003 SP1 update, the system will not boot after the SP1 installation.
You should install the most current version of FC Port or Storport Miniport that has been qualified by your Emulex HBA service provider before installing SP1 or SP2. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver 2.22a8.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a21 and elxcfg version 1.41a17 (13.8 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.41a1 32-Bit
Size Driver
115Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for
WindowsServer 2003 on x86 platforms and Windows 2000 Server.
The FC Port 2.40a3 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program,
which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
SP1 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8 Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (496 KB)

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer™ for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple
installation with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.

Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.

Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
• Driver-specific utility (elxcfg for FC Port, lputilnt for Storport Miniport and SCSIport Miniport) -
provides a user-friendly interface that allows you to examine, manage and configure local HBAs.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
AutoPilot Installer Introduction
The Emulex AutoPilot Installer is a Fibre Channel HBA installation wizard for Windows. The AutoPilot
Installer installs (or updates) Emulex drivers and utilities and configures HBAs, drivers and utilities.

Prerequisites
• One of the following operating systems:
•Windows Server 2003 running on an x86, x64 or Itanium 64-bit platform.
•For the Emulex Storport Miniport driver, a Microsoft driver update may be required. See the Emulex Web site for the latest update to the Microsoft Storport driver.
•Windows 2000 Server - Service Pack 4 or later is recommended for all installations. Storport Miniport is not compatible with Windows 2000 Server.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
2.41a1 32-Bit
Size Manual
3.1Mb
File Name
fcportmanual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server on x86 platforms.
The FC Port 2.42a0 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
FC Port 2.22a8 Not Supported with SP1 and SP2
If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you will be unable to install the Windows Server 2003 SP2 update. See our knowledgebase article for more information. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8 and install the Windows Server 2003 SP1 update, the system will not boot after the SP1 installation
You should install the most current version of FC Port or Storport Miniport that has been qualified by your Emulex HBA service provider before installing SP1 or SP2. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver 2.22a8, see our knowledgebase article for help on how to recover your system.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3.12 MB)

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Definitions ......................................................................................................... 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Updating the FC Port Driver Using AutoPilot Installer ....................................... 2
Using the FC Port Driver in a Windows 2000 Server System ............................ 2
Upgrading to Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 1 ......................................... 2
Definitions................................................................................................................ 3
FC Port Driver Information....................................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
Update the FC Port Driver Using AutoPilot Installer .......................................... 4
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 4
Files Included in the AutoPilot Installer™ ................................................................ 4
Distribution Executable File Overview ..................................................................... 5
Distribution Executable File Procedure.............................................................. 5
AutoPilot Installer..................................................................................................... 5
Introduction ....................................................................................................... 5
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer Features ......................................................................... 6
Configuration Questions.............................................................................. 6
Installation Planning .......................................................................................... 6
Hardware-First Installation................................................................................. 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
Procedure ................................................................................................... 7
If the Installation Fails ................................................................................. 8
Software-First Installation .................................................................................. 8
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 8
Procedure ................................................................................................... 8
HBAnyware Security Configurator Installation ....................................................... 10
Prerequisites ............................................................................................. 10
Procedure ................................................................................................. 10
Unattended Installation .......................................................................................... 11
Prerequisites ................................................................................................... 11
AutoPilot Configuration File Format................................................................. 11
Mandatory Configuration File Changes ........................................................... 11
Delete Questions in the APInstall.cfg File........................................................ 12
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.40a3 32-Bit
Size Driver
13.8Mb
File Name
fcportkit_2.40a3-1b.exe
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for
WindowsServer 2003 on x86 platforms and Windows 2000 Server.
The FC Port 2.40a3 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program,
which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
SP1 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8 Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a21 and elxcfg version 1.41a17 (14 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.40a3 32-Bit
Size Driver
115Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for
WindowsServer 2003 on x86 platforms and Windows 2000 Server.
The FC Port 2.40a3 driver has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program,
which does not support Microsoft Cluster Server qualifications.
SP1 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8 Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (496 KB)

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer™ for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple
installation with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.

Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.

Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
• Driver-specific utility (elxcfg for FC Port, lputilnt for Storport Miniport and SCSIport Miniport) -
provides a user-friendly interface that allows you to examine, manage and configure local HBAs.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
AutoPilot Installer Introduction
The Emulex AutoPilot Installer is a Fibre Channel HBA installation wizard for Windows. The AutoPilot
Installer installs (or updates) Emulex drivers and utilities and configures HBAs, drivers and utilities.

Prerequisites
• One of the following operating systems:
•Windows Server 2003 running on an x86, x64 or Itanium 64-bit platform.
•For the Emulex Storport Miniport driver, a Microsoft driver update may be required. See the Emulex Web site for the latest update to the Microsoft Storport driver.
•Windows 2000 Server - Service Pack 4 or later is recommended for all installations. Storport Miniport is not compatible with Windows 2000 Server.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.40a2 32-Bit
Size Driver
13.8Mb
File Name
fcportkit_2-40a2-1a.exe
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
FC Port 2.40a2 has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support cluster qualifications.
SP1 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8 Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a17 and elxcfg version 1.41a17 (14 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.40a2 32-Bit
Size Driver
496Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
FC Port 2.40a2 has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support cluster qualifications.
SP1 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8 Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (496 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
2.40a2 32-Bit
Size Manual
2.9Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
FC Port 2.40a2 has been qualified with the Universal WHQL program, which does not support cluster qualifications.
SP1 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8, see Solution ID: 17931 for help on how to recover your system.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (2.58 MB)

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.30a2 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
14.2Mb
File Name
fcportkit_2-30a2c-3f.exe
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition for the x86 platform. The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1. More Information
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a16 and elxcfg version 1.41a16 (14,474 KB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.30a2 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
90Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition for the x86 platform. The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1. More Information
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (90 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
2.30a2 32/64-Bit
Size Manual
1.4Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003 on x86 and Itanium 64-bit platforms. The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified and digitally signed for Windows Server 2003, Datacenter Edition for the x86 platform. The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 Server, Service pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1. More Information
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.23a6 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
12.8Mb
File Name
fcportkit_2-23a6c-4e.exe
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 drivers, Service Pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.1a9 and elxcfg version 1.41a14 (13,156 KB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.23a6 32/64-Bit
Size Driver
90Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 drivers, Service Pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (496 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
2.23a6 32/64-Bit
Size Manual
1.5Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 drivers, Service Pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (1,574 KB)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit 64-bit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.22a8 64-Bit
Size Driver
6.3Mb
File Name
port-6-2.22a8-3b.zip
Information
Qualification: 64-bit FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 2.0a13 and elxcfg version 1.41a14

This kit contains the following components:
sli222a8ia64c.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel Multi-protocol Port Driver
Emlx64Apps300a7.zip - Emulex Applications kit
Readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the sli222a8ia64c.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.doc file contained in the
Emlx64Apps300a7.zip package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
2.22a8 64-Bit
Size Manual
1.9Mb
File Name
set_ws3.pdf
Information
Qualification: 64-bit FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit 32-bit
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Driver
2.22a8 32-Bit
Size Driver
5.4Mb
File Name
port-5-2.22a8-3a.zip
Information
Qualification: 32-bit FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 drivers, Service Pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8

This kit contains the following components:

sli222a8win2ks.zip - Emulex Fibre Channel Multi-protocol Port Driver
EmlxApps300a7.zip - Emulex Applications kit
Readme.first.txt - this file

The detailed contents for each of these components can be found in
the readme files included in each individual kit. The specific minimum
system requirements for each of these kits can be found in the same files.

It is important that the components of this kit be installed in the
appropriate order:

1) The driver kit must be installed first, followed by the applications
kit. Instructions for installing the driver kit can be found in the
readme.txt file included in the sli222a8win2ks.zip package.

2) Once the driver has been successfully installed, then the applications
kit must be installed. Instructions for installing the applications
kit can be found in the readme.doc file contained in the
EmlxApps300a7.zip package.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting
Operating Systems
Windows 2000-2003
Version Manual
2.22a8 32-Bit
Size Manual
1.8Mb
File Name
set_w2k.pdf
Information
Qualification: 32-bit FC Port driver is Microsoft WHQL qualified for Windows Server 2003 and Windows 2000 Server.
For Windows 2000 drivers, Service Pack 4 is required for cluster configurations.
Windows Server 2003 SP1 Upgrade Notice
New versions are available for all Emulex drivers that include support for Windows Server 2003 SP1. We recommend that you upgrade to one of these new drivers. In most cases, older drivers can be configured to work with SP1 by running the HBA API-SP1 Migration program prior to installing SP1.
SP1/R2 Boot Failure with FC Port 2.22a8
Windows Server 2003 will not boot after an installation of SP1 or R2 with FC Port 2.22a8. The only way to boot SP1 is to disconnect the Fibre Channel cables. If you are using FC Port 2.22a8, you should update to an SP1-supported Emulex driver prior to installing SP1. Confirm with your Emulex HBA service provider as to which Emulex driver versions have been qualified for use with SP1 and their products. If you have installed SP1 with FC Port driver version 2.22a8
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.3a14
Operating Systems
Windows 2003
Version Driver
2.00a12
Size Driver
21.4Mb
File Name
storportminiportkit_2-00a12-1d.exe
Information
Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.00 can be installed.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
User Manual Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.00
Operating Systems
Windows 2003
Version Manual
2.00a12
Size Manual
984Kb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.00 can be installed.
Storport Miniport Driver Version 2.00 for Windows Server 2003 and Windows Vista

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
User Manual HBAnyware Utility Version 3.3
Operating Systems
Windows 2003
Version Manual
2.00a12
Size Manual
3.1Mb
File Name
hbanyware.pdf
Information
Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or SP2 and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver are required. The KB932755 update must be applied before the Emulex Storport Miniport driver version 2.00 can be installed.

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 1
Installing HBAnyware Components.......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility......................................................................... 2
Installing the HBAnyware Utility with Web Launch............................................. 4
Installing the HBAnyware Utility Security Configurator ...................................... 5
Uninstalling the HBAnyware Security Configurator............................................ 6
Uninstalling HBAnyware Web Launch Only ....................................................... 7
Uninstalling the Utility Package ......................................................................... 7
Using the HBAnyware Components......................................................................... 8
Starting the HBAnyware Utility........................................................................... 8
Starting HBAnyware with Web Launch .............................................................. 8
Starting the HBAnyware Security Configurator .................................................. 8
Starting HBAnyware from the Command Line ................................................... 9
Examples of Modifications .................................................................... 9
The HBAnyware Utility Window Element Definitions ....................................... 10
The Menu Bar ........................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar ............................................................................................... 11
The Toolbar Buttons .................................................................................. 11
Sort Toolbar Buttons ........................................................................... 11
The Discovery-Tree................................................................................... 12
Discovery-Tree Icons .......................................................................... 12
Property Tabs............................................................................................ 13
Status Bar ................................................................................................. 13
Changing Management Mode ......................................................................... 13
Resetting HBAs ............................................................................................... 14
Discovering HBAs ........................................................................................... 14
Automatic Fibre Channel Discovery .......................................................... 14
Remote SAN Management Using TCP/IP Access Protocol....................... 15
Adding a Single Host .......................................................................... 15
Adding a Range of Hosts .................................................................... 16
Removing Hosts.................................................................................. 17
Configuring Discovery Settings ................................................................. 18
Sorting HBA Information.................................................................................. 19
Viewing Remote and Local HBAs.............................................................. 19
Viewing HBA Information................................................................................. 20
Viewing Discovery Information .................................................................. 20
Viewing Host Information .......................................................................... 21
The Host Information Tab.................................................................... 21
The Driver Parameters Tab................................................................. 22
Viewing General HBA Attributes ............................................................... 23
Viewing Detailed HBA Information ............................................................ 24
Viewing Fabric Information........................................................................ 26
Viewing Target Information........................................................................ 27
Viewing LUN Information........................................................................... 28
Masking and Unmasking LUNs (Windows, Solaris LPFC and
Solaris SFS)........................................................................................ 29
Viewing Port Statistics............................................................................... 31
Viewing Firmware Information ................................................................... 33
Viewing Target Mapping (Windows, Solaris LPFC and Solaris SFS)......... 34
Viewing Target Mapping (Linux) ................................................................ 35
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2003
Version Driver
1.30a9
Size Driver
24.2Mb
File Name
storportminiportkit_1-30a9-1e.exe
Information
Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or later, and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver, are required.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.1a8 and lputilnt version 1.8a19 (24 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2003
Version Driver
1.30a9
Size Driver
7.1Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider1.1.6-2.exe
Information
Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or later, and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver, are required.
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite
Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.5.1, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment (7.18 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install
Operating Systems
Windows 2003
Version Driver
1.30a9
Size Driver
115Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or later, and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver, are required.
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (498 KB)

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer™ for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple
installation with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.

Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.

Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
• Driver-specific utility (elxcfg for FC Port, lputilnt for Storport Miniport and SCSIport Miniport) -
provides a user-friendly interface that allows you to examine, manage and configure local HBAs.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
AutoPilot Installer Introduction
The Emulex AutoPilot Installer is a Fibre Channel HBA installation wizard for Windows. The AutoPilot
Installer installs (or updates) Emulex drivers and utilities and configures HBAs, drivers and utilities.

Prerequisites
• One of the following operating systems:
•Windows Server 2003 running on an x86, x64 or Itanium 64-bit platform.
•For the Emulex Storport Miniport driver, a Microsoft driver update may be required. See the Emulex Web site for the latest update to the Microsoft Storport driver.
•Windows 2000 Server - Service Pack 4 or later is recommended for all installations. Storport Miniport is not compatible with Windows 2000 Server.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003
Version Manual
1.30a9
Size Manual
4.6Mb
File Name
manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or later, and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver, are required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting

Installation ...............................................................................................1
Driver Information .................................................................................................... 1
Supported Features........................................................................................... 1
New Features in this Release............................................................................ 1
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 2
For the lpfc Driver Kit .................................................................................. 2
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 2
Things to Know Before You Download .............................................................. 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Installing the Driver Kit ............................................................................................ 3
Driver Kit Install Script Options.......................................................................... 4
Driver Kit Directory Structure ............................................................................. 4
Installing the Driver on Unsupported Linux Distributions.......................................... 5
Upgrading the Kernel or Applying a Distribution Service Pack or Update ................ 5
Installing the Driver Kit into an Upgraded Kernel ............................................... 5
Booting From a Non-Zero LUN Attached to an Emulex Adapter .............................. 6
Installing the HBAnyware Utility ............................................................................... 6
Uninstalling the Driver Kit .................................................................................. 7
Configuration ..........................................................................................8
Driver Configuration Methods Using modprobe and
/etc/modprobe.conf............................................................................................ 8
Temporary Configuration Method ................................................................ 8
Persistent Configuration Method ................................................................. 8
Temporary Driver Configuration by Read/Write to sysfs .................................... 9
Creating a New Ramdisk Image ...................................................................... 10
For Installed lpfc Driver Kits ...................................................................... 10
For Distribution In-Box lpfc Drivers............................................................ 10
Dynamically Adding LUNs and Targets............................................................ 10
Driver Parameters Reference Table ................................................................ 11
Using udev for Persistent Naming ................................................................... 15
Using udev to Discover Logical to Physical Mappings for sd Devices ....... 15
Configuring the System to Boot From SAN Using Persistent Names ........ 15
Using udev with st Devices ....................................................................... 16
Further Information About Persistent Names ............................................ 17
Working with Virtual Ports (vports)......................................................................... 18
Creating, Deleting and Displaying vports......................................................... 18
The mkvport.sh Script ............................................................................... 18
The rmvport.sh Script................................................................................ 19
The lsvport.sh Script ................................................................................. 19
The vport Sysfs Tree ....................................................................................... 19
Driver Version 8.2.8.14 sysfs Structure............................................................ 20
Vport sysfs Entries .................................................................................... 21
Vport Configuration Limits ............................................................................... 23
DHCHAP Authentication and Configuration ........................................................... 24
Authentication Configuration Parameters ........................................................ 25
Setting Remote and Local Passwords ............................................................. 25
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Driver Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2003
Version Driver
1.20a7
Size Driver
17.9Mb
File Name
storportminiportkit_1-20a7-1d.exe
Information
Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note The KB916048 update to the Microsoft Storport driver is required.
Base driver, HBAnyware utility 3.0a16 and lputilnt version 1.8a19 (17.9 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
SMI-S Provider Kit
Operating Systems
Windows 2003
Version Driver
1.20a7
Size Driver
7.1Mb
File Name
elxsmiprovider1.1.6-2.exe
Information
Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note The KB916048 update to the Microsoft Storport driver is required.
SMI-S HBA Provider, compliant with the SMI-S 1.1.0 specification and certified against the SNIA-CTP v1.1.0.85 suite
Pre-packaged with OpenPegasus CIMOM v2.5.1, as a turnkey SMI-S agent for ease of installation and deployment (7.18 MB exe file)
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Quick Install
Operating Systems
Windows 2003
Version Driver
1.20a7
Size Driver
115Kb
File Name
quick_installation.pdf
Information
Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note Windows Server 2003 SP1 or later, and the KB932755 update to the Microsoft Storport driver, are required.
Installing the driver using AutoPilot Installer (498 KB)

Introduction
AutoPilot Installer™ for Emulex® drivers provides installation options that range from a simple
installation with a few mouse clicks to custom unattended installations using predefined script files.
AutoPilot Installer is included with Emulex drivers and utilities in Windows executable files that can be
downloaded from the Emulex Web site. Run the distribution executable file to extract all of the software
needed for an installation, then complete the installation using AutoPilot Installer.
AutoPilot Installer allows you to install a driver using any of the following methods:
Hardware-first installation. The host bus adapter (HBA) is installed before the downloaded Emulex
drivers and utilities are installed. See page 3 for this procedure.
Software-first installation. This new installation method allows drivers and utilities to be downloaded
from the Emulex Web site and installed using AutoPilot Installer prior to the installation of any HBAs. The
drivers and utilities are automatically used when HBAs are installed at a later time. See page 4 for this
procedure.
Unattended installation. This new installation method allows you to set up AutoPilot Installer to run
unattended using customized scripts. Unattended installation can be used for both hardware-first and
software-first installations. See the complete Installation section of the driver user manual for more
information.

Updating the Driver Using AutoPilot Installer
If you are currently running an older driver version, use the hardware-first installation procedure to
update your driver. Begin at step 2 to update the driver.
You can also update the Emulex drivers following the manual installation method. See the complete
Installation section of the driver user manual for this procedure.

Distribution Executable File Overview
The distribution executable file is a self-extracting file that includes the following:
• AutoPilot Installer - installs driver and utilities.
• Driver - manages communication and data transfer between applications and I/O devices, using
HBAs as agents.
• HBAnyware utility - performs installation and configuration tasks on remote and local adapters.
• Driver-specific utility (elxcfg for FC Port, lputilnt for Storport Miniport and SCSIport Miniport) -
provides a user-friendly interface that allows you to examine, manage and configure local HBAs.
4. The default installation location is displayed. Browse to a different location, if desired. Click
Install to continue the installation.
5. The Progress window is displayed. As each task is completed, the corresponding checkbox is
automatically selected.
6. After all tasks are completed, a confirmation window is displayed. The Start AutoPilot Installer
checkbox is automatically selected. To start AutoPilot Installer later, clear this checkbox.
7. Click Finish to close the distribution executable file.
AutoPilot Installer Introduction
The Emulex AutoPilot Installer is a Fibre Channel HBA installation wizard for Windows. The AutoPilot
Installer installs (or updates) Emulex drivers and utilities and configures HBAs, drivers and utilities.

Prerequisites
• One of the following operating systems:
•Windows Server 2003 running on an x86, x64 or Itanium 64-bit platform.
•For the Emulex Storport Miniport driver, a Microsoft driver update may be required. See the Emulex Web site for the latest update to the Microsoft Storport driver.
•Windows 2000 Server - Service Pack 4 or later is recommended for all installations. Storport Miniport is not compatible with Windows 2000 Server.
Company
Emulex
Categories
Networks Cards
Model
Emulex LP8000
Description
Manual
Operating Systems
Windows 2003
Version Manual
1.20a7
Size Manual
3.6Mb
File Name
storport120manual.pdf
Information
Qualification: The Storport Miniport driver is WHQL qualified for the Microsoft "Designed for Windows" logo program and digitally signed for x86, Itanium and x64 Editions versions of Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition.
Note The KB916048 update to the Microsoft Storport driver is required.
Installation, Configuration and Troubleshooting (3,264 KB)

Introduction.............................................................................................................. 1
Important Considerations......................................................................................... 2
Changing Driver Types...................................................................................... 2
Microsoft Storport Driver Update ....................................................................... 2
Updating the Storport Miniport Driver Using AutoPilot Installer.......................... 2
Definitions................................................................................................................ 2
Storport Miniport Driver Information ......................................................................... 3
Prerequisites ..................................................................................................... 3
Compatibility...................................................................................................... 3
New in This Release ......................................................................................... 3
Known Issues .................................................................................................... 3
Files Included in this AutoPilot Installer ............................................................. 4
Distribution Executable File Overview ..................................................................... 5
Running the Distribution Executable File ........................................................... 5
AutoPilot Installer..................................................................................................... 6
Introduction ....................................................................................................... 6
Prerequisites ............................................................................................... 6
AutoPilot Installer Features ......................................................................... 6
Configuration Questions.............................................................................. 6
Installation Planning .......................................................................................... 6
AutoPilot Installation Procedures ............................................................................. 7
Hardware-First Installation................................................................................. 7
If the Installation Fails ................................................................................. 8
Software-First Installation .................................................................................. 8
Installing the HBAnyware Security Configurator ...................................................... 9
Unattended Installation .......................................................................................... 10
AutoPilot Configuration File Format................................................................. 10
Mandatory Configuration File Changes ........................................................... 10
Deleting Questions in the APInstall.cfg File ..................................................... 11
Optional Configuration File Changes............................................................... 11
Setting Up Driver Parameters.......................................................................... 14
Setting Up System Parameters ....................................................................... 14
Unattended Error Codes Reference Table....................................................... 14
Invoking AutoPilot Installer .............................................................................. 15
Batch File Example ......................................................................................... 15
Manually Installing or Updating the Storport Miniport Driver .................................. 17
Overview ......................................................................................................... 17
Removing the Adjunct Driver Registry Key...................................................... 17
Manually Installing the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver .................................... 17
Manually Updating the Emulex PLUS (ElxPlus) Driver .................................... 18
Manually Installing or Updating the Storport Miniport Driver ............................ 19
Manually Installing the Driver Utilities .............................................................. 20
Uninstalling the Utility Package ....................................................................... 20
Uninstalling the Emulex Drivers....................................................................... 22
Configuration ...........................................................................................................23
Introduction............................................................................................................ 23
Starting HBAnyware from the Desktop ............................................................ 24
HelpDrivers Since March 2000